<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE TS>
<TS version="2.1" language="fr">
<context>
    <name>ISOM 2017-2</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>Noir 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Noir 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>Orange OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>Noir 25% (gris)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>Vert 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>Vert 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>Tirets de pente (pour courbe de niveau 101)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Tiret de pente (pour courbe de forme 103)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole est un complément du symbole de courbe de niveau (101.0).
Les tirets de pentes peuvent être ajoutés du côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, afin de clarifier le sens de la pente. 
Ils doivent être positionnés au niveau des rentrants.
Une dépression doit comprendre un tiret de pente. Sa longueur minimale est de 1,1 mm (16,5 m au sol) et sa largeur minimale de 0,7 mm mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs de la
ligne. Des dépressions remarquables plus petites peuvent être représentées par le symbole 111 (petite dépression) ou bien elles peuvent être exagérées pour respecter les dimensions minimum.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne du haut)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie du symbole d&apos;abrupt de terre (104.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, taille minimal (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Levée de terre en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Earth wall (105).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Petite ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully, dry ditch or trench. Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Minimum length (isolated): three dots (1.15 mm - footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale using symbol Earth bank (104).
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 1 m.
A pit larger than 5 m x 5 m should normally be exaggerated and drawn using Earth bank (104). Pits without steep sides are represented with symbol Small depression (111).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté (composant point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and / or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.5 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>Terrain très accidenté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and/or knolls, which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable and affects runnability.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.38 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Contours should not be cut in broken ground areas.
The dots shall not be arranged to form a single point wide line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier du relief</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The feature must be very clearly distinguishable from its surroundings.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 11.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (sans tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (composant tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole falaise infranchissable (201.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Falaise</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise taille minimale (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise, avec tags, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts without a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol shall be orientated to north.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).
Minimum depth: 1 m.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave or rocky pit (with a distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou puits de mine ou caverne/grotte qui peuvent constituer un danger pour le coureur. Profondeur miminum : 1 m.
La position est au centre de gravité du symbole, et le symbole doit être orienté vers le Nord, sauf pour les entrées de caverne ou de grotte, cas où le symbole doit pointer en direction de l’entrée.
Les trous rocheux de plus de 5 m de diamètre doivent être exagérés et représentés en utilisant les symboles de falaises (201, 202).
Emprise au sol : 10,5 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou caverne avec entrée distinct (importé ISOM 200)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux, taille différente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some 
of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Gros bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux gigantesque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone de bloc rocheux (composant triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux (composant grand triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux dense</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux, course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux (composant point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.6 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.45 mm.
Density: 3-4 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux (vitesse de marche)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces the runnability significantly (to about 20-60% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.4 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
Density: 6-8 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux, progression difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which is hardly passable (less than 20% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects. Illustration serves as an example of density and also point symbol (single dots) can be used to draw stony ground.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.32 mm.
The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring dots is 0.25 mm.
Density: 10-12 dots / mm².
To avoid confusion with symbol Distinct vegetation boundary (416), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert sablonneux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground where runnability is reduced to less than 80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation should be shown as bare rock.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation, shall not be shown using the bare rock symbol.
An area of less runnable bare rock should be shown using a stony ground symbol (210-212).
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>Tranchée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky or artificial trench. Minimum depth should be 1 m.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint 15 m).
Shorter trenches may be exaggerated to the minimum graphical dimension.
Impassable trenches shall be represented using symbol Impassable cliff (201).
Collapsed and easily crossable trenches should be mapped as erosion gullies.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant), with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.
Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water (dominant)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (310.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, with solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).
Minimum width (inside): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (inside): 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width (full colour): 0.3 mm.
Minimum area (full colour): 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow body of water which is not seasonal or periodic.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, dashed outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant rive peu marquée)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent the outline of a shallow seasonal or periodic body of water.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow body of water (full colour)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow water bodies may be represented using this symbol (without an outline).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 10.5 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Petit cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor/seasonal water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau secondaire ou saisonnier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.75 mm - footprint 41 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol Uncrossable body of water (301). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (inside). Minimum area: 0.5 mm² (inside).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais (taille minimum)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.4 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow (less than about 5 m wide) to be shown with the marsh symbol.
Minimum length (isolated): two dots (0.7 mm - footprint 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible (taille minimum)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 2.0 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 30 m x 10.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well, fountain or water tank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>Puits, fontaine ou réservoir d’eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent well, fountain, water tank or captive spring.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A source of water.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to open downstream.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 7 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Élément d&apos;eau particulier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered bushes (green dots)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility and reduced runnability, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1.5 mm x 1 mm (footprint 22.5 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed. Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white or green 20% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
Minimum width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility that is difficult to run through, due to, for instance, undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Areas of good visibility that are very difficult to run or impassable are represented using symbol Vegetation: fight (410).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, slow running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, walk in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to less than about 20% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white, green 30% or green 60% stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: fight, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable.
Minimum width: 0.35 mm</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.4</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est réellement infranchissable.
Surtout utile pour de petites zones ou des zones étroites.
Surface minimum : 0,8 mm x 0,8 mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0, 35 mm (5 m au sol).
Couleur: vert et noir 50% ou vert et trames de points noirs (50%).
Points de 0.16 mm distance centre à centre 0.2 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable (from ISOM 2017, first edition)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM 2000. Use either Vegetation: fight (410) or Area that shall not be entered (520) instead.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. For agroforestry, symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402) may be used instead of yellow.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol Out-of-bounds area (709) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (black pattern)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land. This symbol must be used together with another symbol:
- For land used for growing crops, combine with symbol Open land (401).
- For agroforrestry, use with symbol Forest (405) or Open land with scattered trees (402).
Runnability may vary according to the type of crops or trees, and the time of year. 
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum area: 3 mm x 3 mm (footprint 45 m x 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Verger en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Limite franche de culture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Limite de végétation distincte (hors terrain rocheux)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary, green dashed line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>Limite franche de végétation (terrain rocheux)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>Gros arbre remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>Emprise au sol 13,5 m x 13,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>Arbre ou buisson remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use sparingly, as it is easily mistaken for symbol Small knoll (109).
Footprint: 9.0 m x 9.0 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier de végétation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Les zones pavées doivent être bordées (ou encadrées) d’une fine ligne noire dès lors qu’elles ont une bordure franche.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>Route large (largeur minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>Route à deux voies</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Une route entretenue, carrossable par tous temps, de largeur inférieure à 5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Chemin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An easily runnable path, bicycle track or old vehicle track.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4.25 mm - footprint 64 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Sentier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.
For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (2.25 mm - footprint 34 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable less distinct / visible small path or forestry extraction track.
Minimum length: two sections of double dashes (5.3 mm - footprint 79.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Voie de chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, téléphérique ou remonte-pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (pour grands pylones)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>Mur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials. 
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>Mur en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct wall. Minimum height 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the object
must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Wall (513).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>Mur infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>Clôture en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct fence. If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.65 mm - footprint 55 m). If shorter, the symbol must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol Fence (516).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>Clôture infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Un passage à travers un mur, une clôture ou tout autre élément linéaire, y compris un portillon ou un échalier. Pour les éléments infranchissables, la ligne doit être interrompue au point de passage. Pour les éléments franchissables, la ligne ne doit pas être interrompue si le franchissement implique une forme d’escalade.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.
Minimum area (isolated): 0.6 mm x 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m x 9 m).
Minimum (inside) width: 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>Ruine (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size. Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.
Minimum area (outside measures): 0.8 mm x 0.8 mm (footprint 12 m x 12 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Tour de grande hauteur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>Élément linéaire significatif</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track that is clearly visible. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Élément linéaire significatif infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - cercle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
Minimum length: 3 (graphical) steps.
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (IM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stairway, without border lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct stairway through the terrain which helps to climb very steep slopes or to cross over impassable objects. A stairway going through rock passages or between impassable objects may be drawn without border lines.
An easily runnable stairway or indistinct stairway should be drawn as a footpath. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner.
</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du nord magnétique (surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>Croix de calage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks may be placed in the corners of the map. These can be used for printing courses on already printed maps. In addition, it allows a check of colour registration when printing colours separately.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot. 
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (texte)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre.
Water levels are given without the dot. 
Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>L’endroit d’où la course d’orientation débute. Le centre du triangle désigne l’endroit précis à partir duquel l’orientation libre débute. Le départ doit être à un endroit clairement identifiable sur la carte. Le triangle pointe en direction du premier poste.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Prise de carte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>S’il y a un cheminement balisé vers le départ, ce symbole indique où elle a lieu.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For point features, the centre of the circle shall be the centre of the symbol. For line and area features, the centre of the circle shows the precise position of the control marker. Controls shall only be placed on points that are clearly identifiable on the map.
Sections of the circle should be omitted to leave important detail showing.
Footprint 75 m</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Ligne de parcours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Quand les postes de contrôle doivent être visités dans un ordre imposé, le séquencement est indiqué en utilisant des lignes droites du départ au premier poste, puis ensuite d’un poste au poste suivant. Des portions de ligne devraient être interrompues pour laisser apparaître des détails
importants.
La ligne doit passer par les points de passage obligatoire. Il devrait y avoir un espace entre la ligne et le cercle de contrôle pour augmenter la lisibilité des éléments à proximité du contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>La fin du circuit.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Limite interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.
An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed.
Minimum length: 1 mm (footprint: 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite (bordure tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point, for instance through or over a wall or fence, across a road or railway, through a tunnel or out-of-bounds area, or over an uncrossable boundary is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. The lines shall reflect the length of the crossing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage, par exemple à travers ou par-dessus une clôture ou un mur, une traversée de route ou de voie de chemin de fer, sous un tunnel ou à travers une zone interdite d’accès ou par-dessus une limite interdite est dessinée par deux parenthèses inversées. La longueur des lignes doit indiquer la longueur du passage.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route, single cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite (composant croix)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.
Minimum length: 2 symbols (6 mm – footprint 90 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste de premier secours.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>Poste boisson</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste boisson qui n’est pas un poste de contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Parcours de course</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.
Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un défaut de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2017</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>Violine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>Noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White below Black</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque sur noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>Noir 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Noir 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>Brun 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>Noir sous brun clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>Bleu opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>Bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>Orange OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>Noir 25% (gris)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>Vert 50%, jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>Vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>Jaune opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque sur vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>Vert opaque 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>Vert opaque 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green, Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>Vert, noir 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>Vert opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>Vert 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>Vert 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>Vert au dessous du vert clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50% over Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>Vert 50% sur jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>Blanc sur jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. A contour interval of 2.5 metres may be used for flat terrains. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Une ligne qui relie les points de même altitude. L’équidistance standard entre deux courbes est de 5 mètres. Un intervalle de 2,5m peut être utilisé en cas de terrain plat.
Un tiret de pente peut être dessiné du côté aval d’une courbe de niveau pour clarifier le sens de la pente. Quand ils sont utilisés, ils devraient figurer dans les rentrants.
Une ligne de niveau fermée sur elle-même représente une colline ou une dépression. Une dépression doit comprendre au moins un tiret de pente.
La hauteur ou la profondeur minimale devrait être de 1 m.
L’association des courbes de niveau adjacentes est importante. Ce sont elles qui représentent le relief et sa structure. Dessiner trop de détails au niveau des courbes de niveau devrait être évité, car cela conduit à masquer les grandes formes du relief.
Les éléments significatifs comme les dépressions, les rentrants, les éperons, les abrupts de terre et les terrasses peuvent devoir être exagérés.
Une précision absolue des altitudes a peu d’importance, mais les différences d’altitude relative entre éléments voisins devraient être représentées sur la carte le plus précisément possible. Il est autorisé de modifier légèrement l’altitude d’une courbe de niveau si cela améliore la représentation d’un élément. L’écart ne doit pas dépasser 25 % de l’équidistance et une attention particulière doit être portée aux éléments proches.
La courbure minimale d’une courbe de niveau est de 0,25 mm de centre à centre de la ligne (emprise au sol de 4 m). L’entrée d’un rentrant ou d’un éperon doit mesurer plus de 0,5 mm de centre à centre de la ligne (soit 8 m d’emprise au sol).
La longueur minimum d’une colline est de 0,9 mm (emprise au sol de 13,5 m) et la largeur minimale de 0,6 mm (emprise au sol de 9 m) mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs des lignes. Des buttes remarquables plus petites peuvent être représentées par le symbole 109 (petite butte) ou par le symbole 110 (petite butte allongée) ou bien elles peuvent être exagérer pour respecter les dimensions minimum.
Une dépression doit comprendre un tiret de pente. Sa longueur minimale est de 1,1 mm (16,5 m au sol) et sa largeur minimale de 0,7 mm mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs de la
ligne. Des dépressions remarquables plus petites peuvent être représentées par le symbole 111 (petite dépression) ou bien elles peuvent être exagérées pour respecter les dimensions minimum.
Les courbes de niveau doivent être corrigées et non pas coupées pour ne pas toucher les symboles 109 (petite butte) ou 110 (petite butte allongée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>Tirets de pente (pour courbe de niveau 101)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole est un complément du symbole de courbe de niveau (101.0).
Les tirets de pentes peuvent être ajoutés du côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, afin de clarifier le sens de la pente. 
Ils doivent être positionnés au niveau des rentrants.
Une dépression doit comprendre un tiret de pente. Sa longueur minimale est de 1,1 mm (16,5 m au sol) et sa largeur minimale de 0,7 mm mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs de la
ligne. Des dépressions remarquables plus petites peuvent être représentées par le symbole 111 (petite dépression) ou bien elles peuvent être exagérées pour respecter les dimensions minimum.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Toutes les 5 courbes, une courbe de niveau maîtresse doit être dessinée en utilisant une courbe plus épaisse. C’est une aide pour appréhender rapidement les dénivelées et les formes générales du relief. Lorsqu’une courbe maîtresse passe dans une zone où figurent de nombreux détails, elle peut être dessinée comme une courbe de niveau ordinaire.
Normalement, les petites collines ou les petites dépressions ne sont pas dessinées avec une telle courbe. Le niveau idéal pour positionner une courbe maîtresse est le niveau médian des pentes les plus remarquables.
Il est possible d’associer une cote d’altitude à une courbe maîtresse. Une cote ne peut être insérée sur une courbe maîtresse que dans les zones où elle ne cachera pas d’autres détails. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente. Le texte doit avoir une hauteur de 1,5 mm en police sans-serif.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>Il est possible d’associer une cote d’altitude à une courbe maîtresse. Une cote ne peut être insérée sur une courbe maîtresse que dans les zones où elle ne cachera pas d’autres détails. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente. Le texte doit avoir une hauteur de 1,5 mm en police sans-serif.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Les courbes de forme sont utilisées quand il est nécessaire de donner plus d’information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent pas donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe de forme peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau adjacentes. Il est très important que les courbes de forme s’imbriquent de façon logique avec les lignes de niveau. De ce fait le début et la fin d’une courbe de forme devraient être parallèles avec les lignes de niveau adjacentes.
Les espaces entre les tirets doivent être placés sur des sections relativement rectilignes de la courbe de forme.
Une utilisation excessive des courbes de forme doit être évitée car cela nuit à la perception en 3 dimensions du relief et complique la lecture de la carte.
Longueur minimale (courbe non refermée sur elle-même) : 2 tirets.
Longueur minimale pour une courbe refermée sur elle-même (colline ou dépression) : 1,1 mm (16,5 m au sol) mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs de la ligne.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Tiret de pente (pour courbe de forme 103)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Symbole a utilisée en complément de la courbe de forme (103.0)
Les courbes de forme sont utilisées quand il est nécessaire de donner plus d’information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent pas donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe de forme peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau adjacentes. Il est très important que les courbes de forme s’imbriquent de façon logique avec les lignes de niveau. De ce fait le début et la fin d’une courbe de forme devraient être parallèles avec les lignes de niveau adjacentes.
Les espaces entre les tirets doivent être placés sur des sections relativement rectilignes de la courbe de forme.
Une utilisation excessive des courbes de forme doit être évitée car cela nuit à la perception en 3 dimensions du relief et complique la lecture de la carte.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank. For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol 201 (impassable cliff).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Un abrupt de terre est un changement brutal dans le niveau du sol qui peut être clairement distingué de ce qui l’entoure comme par exemple des carrières de sable ou de gravier, des remblais de route ou des talus de chemin de fer. Hauteur minimum : 1m. Un abrupt de terre peut avoir une influence sur la vitesse de course. Les tirets montrent l’emprise complète de l’abrupt. Pour des abrupts longs, les tirets d’extrémité peuvent être plus courts que la longueur minimum défini. Si deux abrupts de terre sont proches l’un de l’autre, les tirets peuvent être omis.
Les abrupts de terre infranchissables doivent être représentés avec le symbole 201 (falaise infranchissable).
Longueur minimum : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank. For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol 201 (impassable cliff).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>Un abrupt de terre est un changement brutal dans le niveau du sol qui peut être clairement distingué de ce qui l’entoure comme par exemple des carrières de sable ou de gravier, des remblais de route ou des talus de chemin de fer. Hauteur minimum : 1m.
Un abrupt de terre peut avoir une influence sur la vitesse de course. Les tirets montrent l’emprise complète de l’abrupt.
Pour des abrupts longs, les tirets d’extrémité peuvent être plus courts que la longueur minimum défini. Si deux abrupts de terre sont proches l’un de l’autre, les tirets peuvent être omis.
Les abrupts de terre infranchissables doivent être représentés avec le symbole 201 (falaise infranchissable).
Longueur minimum : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne du haut)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank. For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol 201 (impassable cliff).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie du symbole d&apos;abrupt de terre (104.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie du symbole d&apos;abrupt de terre (104.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, taille minimal (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments. Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank. For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol 201 (impassable cliff).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>Ancien symbole importé de la norme ISOM 2000.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Levée ou mur de terre distinct. Hauteur minimum 1 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Levée de terre en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 0.5 m.
Minimum length: two dashes (footprint 55 m). If shorter, the symbol must be exaggerated to the minimum length or changed to symbol 105 (earth wall).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une levée de terre en ruine ou moins facile à distinguer.
Hauteur minimum 0,5 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (3,65 mm - 55m au sol).
Si la levée de terre est plus courte, le dessin doit être exagéré pour atteindre la longueur minimum ou il faut utiliser le symbole 105 (levée de terre).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol 104 (earth bank) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Contour lines shall not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Une ravine qui est trop petite pour être dessinée à l’aide du symbole 104 (abrupt de terre) est dessinée en utilisant un simple trait. Profondeur minimum : 1 m.
Longueur minimum : 1,6 mm (24 m au sol).
Les courbes de niveau ne doivent pas être interrompues autour de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Petite ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully, dry ditch or trench. Minimum depth: 0.5 m.
Contour lines should be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Une petite ravine ou un fossé sec ou une tranchée. Profondeur minimum : 0,5 m.
Longueur minimum (pris seul) : 3 points (1,15 mm 17 m au sol).
Les courbes de niveau devraient être interrompues autour de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour. Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Une petite butte ou un monticule notoire qui ne peut pas être dessiné en utilisant une courbe de niveau. Hauteur minimum : 1 m
Le symbole ne doit pas toucher ou se superposer avec les courbes de niveau.
Emprise au sol 7,5 m X 7,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour. Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Une petite butte allongée notoire qui ne peut pas être dessinée en utilisant une courbe de niveau. Hauteur minimum : 1 m
Le symbole ne doit pas toucher ou se superposer avec les courbes de niveau.
Emprise au sol 12 m X 6 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours. Minimum depth: 1 m. Minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol 112 (pit). The symbol may not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>Une petite dépression sans bords raides qui est trop petite pour être représentée par une courbe de niveau. 
Profondeur minimum : 1 m.
Largeur minimum : 2 m.
Les petites dépressions dont les bords sont raides sont représentées par le symbole 112 (trou).
Le symbole ne doit pas toucher ou se superposer avec d’autres symboles de couleur brune.
Le positionnement est le centre de gravité du symbole et le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 6 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale using symbol 104 (earth bank). Minimum depth: 1 m. Minimum width: 1 m. A pit larger than 5 m x 5 m should normally be exaggerated and drawn using symbol 104 (earth bank). Pits without steep sides are represented with symbol 111 (small depression). The symbol may not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of
gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Trou aux bords raides nets qui ne peut pas être dessiné en utilisant le symbole 104 (abrupt de terre). 
Profondeur minimum : 1 m.
Largeur minimum : 1 m.
Un trou plus grand que 5m par 5 m devrait normalement être exagéré et représenté en utilisant le symbole 104 (abrupt de terre). Des trous dont les bords ne sont pas raides sont représentés par le symbole 111 (petite dépression).
Le symbole ne doit pas toucher ou se superposer avec d’autres symboles de couleur brune.
Le positionnement est le centre de gravité du symbole et le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Emprise au sol : 10,5 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and/or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable but has little impact on runnability.
This is an area symbol.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas.
Density: 3 to 5 dots / mm² (9-16%).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Une zone de trous et de buttes, trop complexe pour être représenté en détail, ou autre type de terrain inégal qui peut être clairement distingué mais qui a peu de conséquence sur la vitesse de course.
Les points doivent être répartis aléatoirement mais ne doivent pas interférer avec la représentation d’autres éléments importants du relief ou avec d’autres objets.
Le nombre minimum de points est 3 (emprise au sol 10 m X10 m).
La distance maximum entre les centres de points voisins est de 0,6 mm.
La distance minimum entre les centres de points voisins est de 0,5 mm.
Les courbes de niveau ne devraient pas être interrompues dans les zones de terrain accidenté. Les points ne doivent pas être disposés de façon à créer un élément linéaire.
Densité : 3-4 points par mm2 (9-13 %).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté (composant point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante les symboles de terrain accidentés (113 et 114).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>Terrain très accidenté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits and/or knolls, which is too intricate to be shown in detail, or other types of rough and uneven ground that is clearly distinguishable and affects runnability.
This is an area symbol.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7m x 7m).
Contours shall not be cut in broken ground areas.
Density: 8 to 10 dots / mm² (25-32%).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 114</comment>
        <translation>Une zone de trous et de buttes, trop complexe pour être représenté en détail, ou autre type de terrain inégal qui peut être clairement distingué et qui limite la vitesse de course.
Les points doivent être répartis aléatoirement mais ne doivent pas interférer avec la représentation d’autres éléments importants du relief ou avec d’autres objets.
Le nombre minimum de points est 3 (emprise au sol 7 m x 7 m).
La distance maximum entre les centres de points voisins est 0,38 mm.
La distance minimum entre les centres de points voisins est de 0,25 mm.
Les courbes de niveau ne devraient pas être interrompues dans les zones de terrain accidenté. Les points ne doivent pas être disposés de façon à créer un élément linéaire.
Densité : 7-9 points par mm2 (22-28 %).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier du relief</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The feature must be very clearly distinguishable from its surroundings. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. The symbol may not touch or overlap other brown symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>L’élément doit être facile à distinguer dans l’environnement. 
Le positionnement est le centre de gravité du symbole et il est orienté au Nord.
Le symbole ne doit pas toucher ou se superposer avec d’autres symboles de couleur brune.
Emprise au sol : 13,5 m x 11,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.3 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise, une carrière ou un abrupt de terrain si haut et si raide qu’il n’est pas possible ou qu’il est dangereux de le franchir ou de le gravir.
Pour les falaises présentant une face verticale, les tirets peuvent être omis s’il n’y a pas assez de place. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être rondes ou carrées. La largeur minimale est de 0,35 mm. Des tirets d’extrémité moins longs peuvent être utilisés aux extrémités.
L’espace entre deux falaises infranchissables ou entre une falaise infranchissable et un autre symbole d’élément infranchissable doit être supérieur à 0,3 mm sur la carte.
Quand une falaise infranchissable plonge directement dans de l’eau rendant impossible le passage entre la falaise et l’eau soit le trait de rive de l’eau est omis, soit les tirets doivent clairement le dépasser. Une falaise infranchissable devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.3 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise, une carrière ou un abrupt de terrain si haut et si raide qu’il n’est pas possible ou qu’il est dangereux de le franchir ou de le gravir.
Pour les falaises présentant une face verticale, les tirets peuvent être omis s’il n’y a pas assez de place. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être rondes ou carrées. La largeur minimale est de 0,35 mm. Des tirets d’extrémité moins longs peuvent être utilisés aux extrémités.
L’espace entre deux falaises infranchissables ou entre une falaise infranchissable et un autre symbole d’élément infranchissable doit être supérieur à 0,3 mm sur la carte.
Quand une falaise infranchissable plonge directement dans de l’eau rendant impossible le passage entre la falaise et l’eau soit le trait de rive de l’eau est omis, soit les tirets doivent clairement le dépasser. Une falaise infranchissable devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (représentation libre)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. &lt;b&gt;For plan shape representation, the minimum width is 0.35 mm.&lt;/b&gt; Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.3 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise, une carrière ou un abrupt de terrain si haut et si raide qu’il n’est pas possible ou qu’il est dangereux de le franchir ou de le gravir.
Pour les falaises présentant une face verticale, les tirets peuvent être omis s’il n’y a pas assez de place. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être rondes ou carrées. La largeur minimale est de 0,35 mm. Des tirets d’extrémité moins longs peuvent être utilisés aux extrémités.
L’espace entre deux falaises infranchissables ou entre une falaise infranchissable et un autre symbole d’élément infranchissable doit être supérieur à 0,3 mm sur la carte.
Quand une falaise infranchissable plonge directement dans de l’eau rendant impossible le passage entre la falaise et l’eau soit le trait de rive de l’eau est omis, soit les tirets doivent clairement le dépasser. Une falaise infranchissable devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (sans tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise, une carrière ou un abrupt de terrain si haut et si raide qu’il n’est pas possible ou qu’il est dangereux de le franchir ou de le gravir.
Pour les falaises présentant une face verticale, les tirets peuvent être omis s’il n’y a pas assez de place. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être rondes ou carrées. La largeur minimale est de 0,35 mm. Des tirets d’extrémité moins longs peuvent être utilisés aux extrémités.
L’espace entre deux falaises infranchissables ou entre une falaise infranchissable et un autre symbole d’élément infranchissable doit être supérieur à 0,3 mm sur la carte.
Quand une falaise infranchissable plonge directement dans de l’eau rendant impossible le passage entre la falaise et l’eau soit le trait de rive de l’eau est omis, soit les tirets doivent clairement le dépasser. Une falaise infranchissable devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (composant tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole falaise infranchissable (201.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.3 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>Plus utilisée passez en norme ISOM 2017.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Falaise</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable, vertical cliff or quarry where the direction of fall of the cliff is apparent from the contours. Minimum height: 1 m.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise ou une carrière franchissable Hauteur minimum : 1 m.
Si le sens de la pente n’est pas évident d’après les courbes de niveau ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés dans le sens de la pente. Pour des falaises non verticales, les tirets devraient être dessinés pour indiquer l’extension horizontale de la falaise. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être arrondies ou carrées. Un passage entre deux
falaises doit mesurer au moins 0,2 mm.
Une falaise devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).
Franchir une falaise ralentira normalement la progression.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable, vertical cliff or quarry where the direction of fall of the cliff is apparent from the contours. Minimum height: 1 m.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise ou une carrière franchissable Hauteur minimum : 1 m.
Si le sens de la pente n’est pas évident d’après les courbes de niveau ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés dans le sens de la pente. Pour des falaises non verticales, les tirets devraient être dessinés pour indiquer l’extension horizontale de la falaise. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être arrondies ou carrées. Un passage entre deux
falaises doit mesurer au moins 0,2 mm.
Une falaise devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol).
Franchir une falaise ralentira normalement la progression.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. Minimum height: 1 m.
Short tags indicate in the direction of the downslope because the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise ou une carrière franchissable Hauteur minimum : 1 m.
Si le sens de la pente n’est pas évident d’après les courbes de niveau ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés dans le sens de la pente. Pour des falaises non verticales, les tirets devraient être dessinés pour indiquer l’extension horizontale de la falaise. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être arrondies ou carrées. Un passage entre deux
falaises doit mesurer au moins 0,2 mm.
Une falaise devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol)
Franchir une falaise ralentira normalement la progression.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise taille minimale (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. Minimum height: 1 m.
Short tags indicate in the direction of the downslope because the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>Une falaise ou une carrière franchissable Hauteur minimum : 1 m.
Si le sens de la pente n’est pas évident d’après les courbes de niveau ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés dans le sens de la pente. Pour des falaises non verticales, les tirets devraient être dessinés pour indiquer l’extension horizontale de la falaise. Les extrémités du trait principal peuvent être arrondies ou carrées. Un passage entre deux
falaises doit mesurer au moins 0,2 mm.
Une falaise devrait s’imbriquer avec les courbes de niveau.
Longueur minimale : 0,6 mm (9 m au sol)
Franchir une falaise ralentira normalement la progression.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise, avec tags, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. Minimum height: 1 m.
Short tags indicate in the direction of the downslope because the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility. For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent.
Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>Symbole ancien passez en norme ISOM 2017.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave (without distinct entrance)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou caverne (sans entrée distinct)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou puits de mine ou caverne/grotte qui peuvent constituer un danger pour le coureur. Profondeur mininum : 1 m.
La position est au centre de gravité du symbole, et le symbole doit être orienté vers le Nord, sauf pour les entrées de caverne ou de grotte, cas où le symbole doit pointer en direction de l’entrée.
Les trous rocheux de plus de 5 m de diamètre doivent être exagérés et représentés en utilisant les symboles de falaises (201, 202).
Emprise au sol : 10,5 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou caverne avec entrée distinct</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou puits de mine ou caverne/grotte qui peuvent constituer un danger pour le coureur. Profondeur miminum : 1 m.
La position est au centre de gravité du symbole, et le symbole doit être orienté vers le Nord, sauf pour les entrées de caverne ou de grotte, cas où le symbole doit pointer en direction de l’entrée.
Les trous rocheux de plus de 5 m de diamètre doivent être exagérés et représentés en utilisant les symboles de falaises (201, 202).
Emprise au sol : 10,5 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit or cave with distinct entrance (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou caverne avec entrée distinct (importé ISOM 200)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes, caves or mineshafts with a distinct entrance which may constitute a danger to the competitor. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol should point into the cave.
Rocky pits larger than 5 m in diameter should be exaggerated and represented using cliff symbols (201, 202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.9</comment>
        <translation>Ancien symbole utilisez la orme ISOM 2017.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol 207 (boulder cluster) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Un bloc rocheux distinct (devrait avoir une hauteur supérieure à 1 m), qui est immédiatement identifiable sur le terrain. Les groupes de bloc sont représentés par le symbole 207 (Groupe de rochers) ou par un symbole Zone rocheuse (208,209).
Pour mettre en évidence les différences entre bloc voisins (à moins de 30 m de distance) de tailles différentes, il est autorisé d’élargir la dimension du symbole à 0,5 mm pour certains d’entre eux.
Emprise au sol : 6 m x 6 m (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux, taille différente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>Un bloc rocheux distinct (devrait avoir une hauteur supérieure à 1 m), qui est immédiatement identifiable sur le terrain. Les groupes de bloc sont représentés par le symbole 207 (Groupe de rochers) ou par un symbole Zone rocheuse (208,209).
Pour mettre en évidence les différences entre bloc voisins (à moins de 30 m de distance) de tailles différentes, il est autorisé d’élargir la dimension du symbole à 0,5 mm pour certains d’entre eux.
Emprise au sol : 6 m x 6 m (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Gros bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high. To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Un bloc rocheux particulièrement gros et visible. Un gros bloc rocheux devrait avoir une hauteur supérieure à 2 m.
Pour mettre en évidence les différences entre gros bloc voisins (à moins de 30 m de distance) de tailles différentes, il est autorisé de réduire la dimension du symbole à 0,5 mm pour certains d’entre eux.
Emprise au sol : 9 m x 9 m (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux gigantesque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rock pillar or gigantic boulder that is so high and steep that it is impossible topass/climb.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.3 mm on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Une colonne rocheuse ou un bloc énorme qui est si haut et si raide qu’il est impossible à gravir.
L’espace entre blocs rocheux gigantesques ou entre un bloc rocheux gigantesque et un autre élément infranchissable doit être d’au moins 0, 3 mm sur la carte.
Largeur minimum : 0,8 mm (12 m au sol), largeur minimale de la zone blanche au centre : 0,2 mm (3m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 metre. A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 metres apart), boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Un groupe visible de blocs rocheux tellement regroupés qu’ils ne peuvent pas être dessinés de façon individuelle. Les blocs rocheux dans le groupe devraient avoir une hauteur minimum de 1 m. Un groupe de blocs rocheux doit être facilement identifiable comme un groupe de blocs rocheux.
Pour mettre en évidence les différences entre groupes de blocs rocheux voisins (à moins de 30 m de distance) de tailles différentes, il est autorisé d’augmenter la dimension du symbole de 20 % (côté du triangle 0,96 mm) pour certains d’entre eux.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Emprise au sol : 12 m X 10 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 metres apart), boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>Un groupe visible de blocs rocheux tellement regroupés qu’ils ne peuvent pas être dessinés de façon individuelle. Les blocs rocheux dans le groupe devraient avoir une hauteur minimum de 1 m. Un groupe de blocs rocheux doit être facilement identifiable comme un groupe de blocs rocheux.
Pour mettre en évidence les différences entre groupes de blocs rocheux voisins (à moins de 30 m de distance) de tailles différentes, il est autorisé d’augmenter la dimension du symbole de 20 % (côté du triangle 0,96 mm) pour certains d’entre eux.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Emprise au sol : 12 m X 10 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui est couverte de tellement de blocs rocheux dispersés qu’ils ne peuvent pas être dessinés individuellement est représentée par des triangles pleins, placés et orientés aléatoirement. Les côtés de ces triangles ont un rapport 8 :6 :5 (angles intérieurs du triangle 92,9° ; 48,5°; 38,6°).
Une zone de blocs rocheux ne ralentira généralement pas la vitesse de course. Si la vitesse de course est réduite, le symbole 209 (Zone de blocs rocheux dense) devrait être utilisé ou bien le symbole devrait être associé à un symbole de Terrain accidenté.
Un minimum de deux triangles devrait être utilisé. Un seul triangle pourrait être utilisé s’il est associé à d’autres symboles de rochers et blocs rocheux (par exemple sous des symboles de falaise (201-202), à côté de symboles de blocs rocheux (204-206) ou associés à des symboles de sol pierreux (210-212).
La distance maximum centre à centre entre triangles voisins est de 1,2 mm.
La distance minimum centre à centre entre triangles voisins est de 0,75 mm.
Densité : 0,8 à 1 symbole/mm2 (12 à 16 %).
Pour mettre en évidence les différences de hauteur à l’intérieur de zone de blocs rocheux voisins, il est autorisé d’augmenter la dimension de certains triangles de 20 %.
Emprise au sol : 12 m X 6 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone de bloc rocheux (composant triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux (composant grand triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux dense</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
Density: 2–3 symbols / mm² (31%-47%). To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui est couverte de tellement de blocs rocheux dispersés qu’ils ne peuvent pas être dessinés individuellement et où la vitesse de course est réduite est représentée par des triangles pleins, placés et orientés aléatoirement. Les côtés de ces triangles ont un rapport 8 :6 :5 (angles intérieurs du triangle 92,9° ; 48,5°; 38,6°). Un minimum de deux triangles doit être utilisé.
La distance maximum centre à centre entre triangles voisins est de 0,6 mm.
Densité : 2 à 3 symbole/mm2 (31 à 47 %).
Pour mettre en évidence les différences de hauteur à l’intérieur de zone de blocs rocheux voisins, il est autorisé d’augmenter la dimension de certains triangles de 20 %.
Emprise au sol : 12 m X 6 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux, course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
To avoid confusion with symbol 416 (distinct vegetation boundary), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation>Un sol pierreux ou rocailleux, qui réduit la vitesse de course à 60-80 % de la vitesse normale. Les points doivent être répartis aléatoirement mais ne doivent pas interférer avec la représentation d’éléments ou d’objets importants.
Le nombre minimum de points est de trois (emprise au sol 10 m x 10 m).
La distance maximum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,6 mm.
La distance minimum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,45 mm.
Densité : 3 à 4 points/mm2 (9 à 13 %).
Pour éviter toute confusion avec le symbole 416 (limite nette de végétation), les points ne doivent pas être positionnés de façon à former une ligne.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, individual dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux (composant point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability to about 60-80% of normal speed.
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 10 m x 10 m).
To avoid confusion with symbol 416 (distinct vegetation boundary), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant les symboles sol pierreux (201.0, 211.0 et 212.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux (vitesse de marche)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which reduces the runnability significantly (to about 20-60% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 8 m x 8 m).
To avoid confusion with symbol 416 (distinct vegetation boundary), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Un sol pierreux ou rocailleux, qui réduit la vitesse de course significativement (à environ 20 à 60 % de la vitesse normale). Les points doivent être répartis aléatoirement mais ne doivent pas interférer avec la représentation d’éléments ou d’objets importants.
Le nombre minimum de points est de trois (emprise au sol 8 m x 8 m).
La distance maximum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,4 mm.
La distance minimum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,32 mm.
Densité : 6 à 8 points/mm2 (19-25 %).
Pour éviter toute confusion avec le symbole 416 (limite nette de végétation), les points ne doivent pas être positionnés de façon à former une ligne.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Sol pierreux, progression difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which is hardly passable (less than 20% of normal speed).
The dots should be randomly distributed but not interfere with the representation of important terrain features and objects.
The minimum number of dots is three (footprint 7 m x 7 m).
To avoid confusion with symbol 416 (distinct vegetation boundary), the dots should not be arranged to form a line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Un sol pierreux ou rocailleux, qui est difficilement traversable (à moins de 20 % de la vitesse normale). Les points doivent être répartis aléatoirement mais ne doivent pas interférer avec la représentation d’éléments ou d’objets importants.
Le nombre minimum de points est de trois (emprise au sol 7 m x 7 m).
La distance maximum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,32 mm.
La distance minimum centre à centre entre points voisins est de 0,25 mm.
Densité : 10 à 12 points/mm2 (31 -38 %).
Pour éviter toute confusion avec le symbole 416 (limite nette de végétation), les points ne doivent pas être positionnés de façon à former une ligne.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert sablonneux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground where runnability is reduced to less than 80% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 213</comment>
        <translation>Une zone de sol sablonneux où la vitesse de course est inférieure à 80 % de la vitesse normale
Le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Dimensions minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation should be shown as bare rock.
An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation, shall not be shown using the bare rock symbol.
An area of less runnable bare rock should be shown using a stony ground symbol (210-212).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 214</comment>
        <translation>.Une zone rocheuse sans terre ni végétation sur laquelle il est possible de courir devrait être dessinée en affleurement rocheux. Une zone plus difficile à courir devrait l’être en utilisant un symbole sol pierreux (210-212).
Dimensions minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>Tranchée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky or artificial trench. Minimum depth should be 1 m.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).
Shorter trenches may be exaggerated to the minimum graphical dimension.
Impassable trenches shall be represented using symbol 201 (impassable cliff).
Collapsed and easily crossable trenches should be mapped as erosion gullies.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 215</comment>
        <translation>Une tranchée dans la roche ou artificielle. Sa profondeur minimale devrait être de 1 m. Longueur minimum : 2 mm (30 m au sol).
Des tranchées plus courtes peuvent être exagérées pour atteindre la dimension graphique minimum Des tranchées infranchissables doivent être dessinées en utilisant le symbole 201 (falaise infranchissable) Des tranchées éboulées et facilement traversables devraient être dessinées en ravines.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation>La ligne de rive en noir insiste sur le fait que l’élément est infranchissable.
Des zones très larges d’eau peuvent être représentées avec un bleu 70%.
Des petites étendues d’eau et de petits cours d’eau qui ont des parties étroites doivent toujours être dessinés en couleur pleine.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The black bank line emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. Dominant areas of water may be shown with 70% colour. Small areas of water and bodies of water that have narrow parts shall always be shown with full colour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (301.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (310.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation>Une étendue d’eau de faible profondeur saisonnière ou périodique peut être représentée en utilisant une bordure tiretée. Les étendues d’eau peu profonde de petite dimension peuvent être représentées en 100 % bleu (sans bordure).
Largeur minimum : 0,3 mm (bords intérieurs).
Largeur minimum couleur pleine : 0,3 mm (bords intérieurs).
Surface minimum : 0,5 mm2 (bords intérieurs).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed outline. Small shallow water bodies may be represented as 100% blue (without an outline).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau de faible profondeur (302.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, solid outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to represent regular outline for shallow body of water.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau de faible profondeur (302.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shallow body of water, dashed outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>Etendue d’eau de faible profondeur (composant rive peu marquée)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shallow seasonal or periodic body of water may be represented using a dashed 0.10 outline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.3</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau de faible profondeur (302.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Un trou rempli d’eau ou une zone d’eau trop petite pour être représentée à l’échelle. La position est au centre de gravité du symbole, et le symbole doit être orienté vers le Nord.
Emprise au sol : 10,5 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): footprint 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sa largeur devrait être d’au moins 2 m.
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Petit cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Sa largeur devrait être de moins de 2 m.
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor/seasonal water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau secondaire ou saisonnier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>Un cours d’eau naturel ou artificiel qui peut n’être en eau que de façon intermittente.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 tirets (2,75 mm 41 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol 301 (uncrossable body of water). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>Un marais infranchissable ou dangereux pour le coureur.
La ligne de rive en noir insiste sur le fait que l’élément est infranchissable. La ligne noire est omise pour les limites entre un marais infranchissable et le symbole 301 (étendue d’eau infranchissable). Le symbole peut être combiné avec un symbole terrain découvert brut (403,404) pour indiquer le découvert. Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Largeur minimum : 0,3 mm (bords intérieurs) Surface minimum : 0,5 mm2 (bords intérieurs).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the competitor. The black outline emphasises that the feature is uncrossable. The black outline is omitted for boundaries between uncrossable marsh and symbol 301 (uncrossable body of water). The symbol may be combined with a rough open land symbol (403, 404) to show openness. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole marais infranchissable (307.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black line surrounds the symbol 307.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole marais infranchissable (307.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Un marais franchissable, habituellement avec un bord net.
Le symbole doit être combiné avec d’autres symboles pour montrer le découvert et la capacité à courir.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 0,5 x 0,4 mm (7,5 m X 6 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais (taille minimum)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308.1</comment>
        <translation>Un marais franchissable, habituellement avec un bord net.
Le symbole doit être combiné avec d’autres symboles pour montrer le découvert et la capacité à courir.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 0,5 x 0,4 mm (7,5 m X 6 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow (less than about 5 m wide) to be shown with the marsh symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Un marais ou un filet d’eau qui est trop étroit pour être représenté avec le symbole marais.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 points (0,7 mm 10,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Un marais peu visible ou saisonnier ou une zone de transition progressive entre un marais et la terre ferme, qui est franchissable. Les bords sont en général peu visibles et la végétation similaire à celle environnante. Le symbole doit être combiné avec d’autres symboles pour montrer le découvert et la capacité à courir. Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 2 x 0,7 mm (30 m X 10,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible (taille minimum)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct marsh, seasonal marsh or an area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground.
The symbol shall be combined with other symbols to show runnability and openness.
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>Un marais peu visible ou saisonnier ou une zone de transition progressive entre un marais et la terre ferme, qui est franchissable. Les bords sont en général peu visibles et la végétation similaire à celle environnante. Le symbole doit être combiné avec d’autres symboles pour montrer le découvert et la capacité à courir. Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 2 x 0,7 mm (30 m X 10,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well, fountain or water tank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>Puits, fontaine ou réservoir d’eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent well, fountain, water tank or captive spring.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>Un puits visible, une fontaine, un réservoir d’eau ou un captage.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Emprise au sol : 13,5 m x 13, 5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A source of water.
Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>Une source d’eau La position est le centre de gravité du symbole et son ouverture est orientée vers l’aval.
Emprise au sol : 13,5 x 7 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Élément d&apos;eau particulier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Emprise au sol : 13,5 x 13,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
May not be combined with other area symbols than symbol 113 (broken ground), symbol 208 (boulder field) and marsh symbols (308, 310).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert dont la couverture au sol (herbe, mousse ou similaire) offre une possibilité de courir plus vite que dans la forêt ouverte. Si ce type de surface jaune devient dominant il est possible d’utiliser une trame (75 % au lieu du jaune plein).
Ne doit pas être combiné avec d’autres symboles de surface à l’exception des symboles 113 (terrain accidenté), 208 (zone de blocs rocheux) ou des symboles de marais (308, 310).
Surface minimum : 0,7 mm x 0,7 mm (10,5 m x 10,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes/thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol 417 (prominent large tree). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
May not be combined with other area symbols than symbol 113 (broken ground), symbol 208 (boulder field) or marsh symbols (308, 310).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Une zone d&apos;arbres dispersés dans un terrain découvert peut être généralisée en utilisant un motif régulier de gros points blancs dans la trame jaune. Les arbres remarquables individualisés peuvent être rajoutés en utilisant le symbole 417 (gros arbre remarquable). Si ce type de surface jaune devient dominant il est possible d’utiliser une trame (75 % au lieu du jaune plein). Ne doit pas être combiné avec d’autres symboles de surface à l’exception des symboles 113 (terrain accidenté), 208 (zone de blocs rocheux) ou des symboles de marais (308, 310).
Largeur minimale : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).
Des surfaces plus petites doivent être laissées de côté, exagérées ou dessinées en utilisant le symbole 401 (terrain découvert).
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered bushes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré de buissons</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes/thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol 417 (prominent large tree). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
May not be combined with other area symbols than symbol 113 (broken ground), symbol 208 (boulder field) or marsh symbols (308, 310).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone de buissons dispersés dans un terrain découvert encombré peut être généralisée en utilisant un motif régulier de gros points verts dans la trame jaune. Les arbres remarquables individualisés peuvent être rajoutés en utilisant le symbole 417 (gros arbre remarquable). Si ce type de surface jaune devient dominant il est possible d’utiliser une trame (75 % au lieu du jaune plein). Ne doit pas être combiné avec d’autres symboles de surface à l’exception des symboles 113 (terrain accidenté), 208 (zone de blocs rocheux) ou des
symboles de marais (308, 310).
Largeur minimale : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).
Surface minimum : 2,5 mm x 2,5 mm (37,5 m x 37,5 m au sol).
Des surfaces plus petites doivent être laissées de côté, exagérées ou dessinées en utilisant le symbole 403 (terrain découvert encombré).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol 407 (vegetation, slow running, good visibility) or 409 (vegetation, walk, good visibility) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m). Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol 401 (open land).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Landes, abattis, zones récemment replantées (avec des arbres d’une taille inférieure à environ 1m) ou tout autre terrain découvert avec une végétation au sol encombrée, de la bruyère ou des herbes hautes qui permet une vitesse de course similaire à celle de la forêt ouverte.
Peut être associé avec le symbole 407 (végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité) ou 409 (végétation, marche, bonne visibilité) pour indiquer une capacité à courir réduite.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Des surfaces plus petites doivent être laissées de côté, exagérées ou dessinées en utilisant le symbole401 (terrain découvert).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes/thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol 407 (vegetation, slow
running, good visibility) or 409 (vegetation, walk, good visibility) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m). Minimum area: 2.5 x 2.5 mm. Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol 403 (rough
open land).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Une zone d’arbres dispersés dans un terrain découvert encombré peut être généralisée en utilisant un motif régulier de gros points blancs dans la trame jaune. Seuls la variante à pois blancs peut être associé avec le symbole 407 (végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité) ou 409 (végétation, marche, bonne visibilité) pour indiquer une capacité à courir réduite. 
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Largeur minimale : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).
Surface minimum : 2,5 mm x 2,5 mm (37,5 m x 37,5 m au sol).
Des surfaces plus petites doivent être laissées de côté, exagérées ou dessinées en utilisant le symbole 403 (terrain découvert encombré).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered bushes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré avec buissons dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes/thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol 407 (vegetation, slow
running, good visibility) or 409 (vegetation, walk, good visibility) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m). Minimum area: 2.5 x 2.5 mm. Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol 403 (rough
open land).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone de buissons dispersés dans un terrain découvert encombré peut être généralisée en utilisant un motif régulier de gros points verts dans la trame jaune. Seuls la variante à pois blancs peut être associé avec le symbole 407 (végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité) ou 409 (végétation, marche, bonne visibilité) pour indiquer une capacité à courir réduite. 
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Largeur minimale : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).
Surface minimum : 2,5 mm x 2,5 mm (37,5 m x 37,5 m au sol).
Des surfaces plus petites doivent être laissées de côté, exagérées ou dessinées en utilisant le symbole 403 (terrain découvert encombré).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Une forêt ouverte typique du type de terrain. Si aucune partie de la forêt ne permet une course normale, alors aucune zone blanche ne doit apparaître sur la carte. 
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol) pour des zones insérées dans des trames d’une autre couleur, sauf pour le 408 (végétation, marche) et le 401 (terrain découvert) pour lesquels la surface minimum est de 0,7 mm x 0,7 mm (10,5 m X 10,5 m au sol). Pour des insertions dans le 410 (végétation, progression difficile) la surface minimale est de 0,5 mm x 0, 5 mm ( 8 m X 8 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, course lente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation course lente, course possible dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, slow running, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une bonne visibilité et une capacité à courir réduite, du fait par exemple de végétation basse (ronces, buissons, arbustes, branches au sol). La vitesse de course est réduite à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 1,5 mm x 1 mm (22,5 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, walk</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, marche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thickets (low visibility) which reduce running to about 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense d’arbres ou de bosquets (visibilité faible) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale.
Zone minimum : 0,7 mm x 0,7 mm (10,5 m x 10,5 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,3 mm (4,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, marche, course possible dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense d’arbres ou de bosquets (visibilité faible) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale.
Quand la capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame.
Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 0,7 mm x 0,7 mm (10,5 m x 10,5 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,3 mm (4,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation runnable in one direction, 2, 20%</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, marche, course lente possible dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, light green stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense d’arbres ou de bosquets (visibilité faible) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale.
Quand la capacité à courir lentement est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes vertes 20 % est inséré dans la trame.
Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 0,7 mm x 0,7 mm (10,5 m x 10,5 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,3 mm (4,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, walk, good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, marche, bonne visibilité</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of good visibility that is difficult to run through due to for instance undergrowth (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches). Running speed is reduced to about 20-60% of normal speed.
Areas of good visibility that are very difficult to run or impassable are represented using symbol 410 (vegetation, fight) or 411 (vegetation, impassable).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une bonne visibilité et dans laquelle il est difficile de courir du fait par exemple de végétation basse (ronces, buissons, arbustes, branches au sol). La vitesse de course est réduite à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, fight</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.
For fairness reasons, areas that are really difficult to get through (10% and slower) shall be represented using symbol 411 (vegetation, impassable).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est difficilement traversable. La capacité à courir est réduite à moins de 20 % de la vitesse normale.
Pour des raisons d’équité les zones qui sont réellement difficiles à traverser (10 % et moins de la vitesse normale) doivent être représentés par le symbole 411 (Végétation, infranchissable).
Surface minimum : 0,55 mm x 0,55 mm (8 m x 8 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,25 mm (3,8 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, course possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est difficilement traversable. La capacité à courir est réduite à moins de 20 % de la vitesse normale.
Pour des raisons d’équité les zones qui sont réellement difficiles à traverser (10 % et moins de la vitesse normale) doivent être représentés par le symbole 411 (Végétation, infranchissable).
Quand la capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Surface minimum : 0,55 mm x 0,55 mm (8 m x 8 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,25 mm (3,8 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3, 20%</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, course ralentie possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, light green stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est difficilement traversable. La capacité à courir est réduite à moins de 20 % de la vitesse normale.
Pour des raisons d’équité les zones qui sont réellement difficiles à traverser (10 % et moins de la vitesse normale) doivent être représentés par le symbole 411 (Végétation, infranchissable).
Quand la capacité à courir au ralentie est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes vertes 20 % est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Surface minimum : 0,55 mm x 0,55 mm (8 m x 8 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,25 mm (3,8 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3, 50%</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, marche possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, light green stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.3</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est difficilement traversable. La capacité à courir est réduite à moins de 20 % de la vitesse normale.
Pour des raisons d’équité les zones qui sont réellement difficiles à traverser (10 % et moins de la vitesse normale) doivent être représentés par le symbole 411 (Végétation, infranchissable).
Quand la capacité à marcher est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes vertes 50 % est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Surface minimum : 0,55 mm x 0,55 mm (8 m x 8 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,25 mm (3,8 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable. Most useful for narrow and small areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est réellement infranchissable.
Surtout utile pour de petites zones ou des zones étroites.
Surface minimum : 0,8 mm x 0,8 mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0, 35 mm (5 m au sol).
Couleur: vert et noir 50% ou vert et trames de points noirs (50%).
Points de 0.16 mm distance centre à centre 0.2 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable. Most useful for narrow and small areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est réellement infranchissable.
Surtout utile pour de petites zones ou des zones étroites.
Surface minimum : 0,8 mm x 0,8 mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0, 35 mm (5 m au sol).
Couleur: vert et noir 50% ou vert et trames de points noirs (50%).
Points de 0.16 mm distance centre à centre 0.2 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, impassable, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, infranchissable (largeur minimum)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is effectively impassable.
Minimum width: 0.35 mm</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est réellement infranchissable.
Surtout utile pour de petites zones ou des zones étroites.
Surface minimum : 0,8 mm x 0,8 mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0, 35 mm (5 m au sol).
Couleur: vert et noir 50% ou vert et trames de points noirs (50%).
Points de 0.16 mm distance centre à centre 0.2 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, normally used for growing crops. Runnability may vary according to the type of crops grown and the time of year. For agroforestry, symbol 405 (forest) or 402 (open land with scattered trees) may be used instead of yellow.
Since the runnability may vary, such areas should be avoided when setting courses.
The symbol is combined with symbol 709 (out of bounds area) to show cultivated land that shall not be entered.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé, utilisé normalement pour des cultures. La capacité à courir peut dépendre de la culture et de la période de l’année. Pour de l’agroforesterie, le symbole 405 (forêt) ou 402 (terrain découvert avec arbres dispersés) peut être utilisé à la place du jaune. Du fait de la variabilité de la capacité à courir, les zones de ce type doivent être évitées lors du tracé des parcours. 
Le symbole est associé au symbole 709 (zone interdite d’accès) s’il est interdit d’y pénétrer.
Le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Surface minimum : 3 mm x 3 mm (45 m x 45 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Verger en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol 401 (open land) or 403 (rough open land).
May be combined with symbol 407 (vegetation, slow running, good visibility) or 409 (vegetation, walk, good visibility) to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Terrain planté d’arbres ou de buissons, normalement de façon régulière. Les lignes de points peuvent être orientées pour montrer la direction de plantation. Doit être associé soit au symbole 401 (terrain découvert) soit au symbole 403 (terrain découvert brut). Il peut être combiné avec les symboles 407 (végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité) ou 409 (Végétation, marche, bonne visibilité) pour indiquer une capacité à courir réduite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>Verger en terrain découvert brut</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern.
The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol 401 (open land) or 403 (rough open land).
May be combined with symbol 407 (vegetation, slow running, good visibility) or 409 (vegetation, walk, good visibility) to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain planté d’arbres ou de buissons, normalement de façon régulière. Les lignes de points peuvent être orientées pour montrer la direction de plantation. Doit être associé soit au symbole 401 (terrain découvert) soit au symbole 403 (terrain découvert brut). Il peut être combiné avec les symboles 407 (végétation, course lente, bonne visibilité) ou 409 (Végétation, marche, bonne visibilité) pour indiquer une capacité à courir réduite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>Vigne en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. Must be combined with either symbol 401 (open land) or symbol 403 (rough open land).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>Des vignes ou des cultures similaires comprenant des rangées denses de plants offrant une capacité à courir bonne ou normale dans le sens de la plantation. Les lignes doivent être orientées pour montrer la direction de la plantation. Doit être associé soit au symbole 401 (terrain découvert) soit au symbole 403 (terrain découvert brut).
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard, rough open</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>Vigne en terrain découvert brut</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. Must be combined with either symbol 401 (open land) or symbol 403 (rough open land).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation>Des vignes ou des cultures similaires comprenant des rangées denses de plants offrant une capacité à courir bonne ou normale dans le sens de la plantation. Les lignes doivent être orientées pour montrer la direction de la plantation. Doit être associé soit au symbole 401 (terrain découvert) soit au symbole 403 (terrain découvert brut).
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Limite franche de culture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of symbol 412 (cultivated land) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Une limite d’un symbole 412 (champ cultivé) ou une limite entre zones de champs cultivés, quand elle n’est pas dessinée en utilisant d’autres symboles (clôture, mur, chemin, etc).
Longueur minimum : 2 m (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Limite de végétation distincte (hors terrain rocheux)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map.
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm – footprint 37 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Une lisière franche ou une limite de végétation franche à l’intérieur d’une forêt. Les lisières et les limites de végétation très nettes peuvent être dessinées avec le symbole limite franche de culture. Une seule des deux représentations de la limite franche de végétation (pointillés noir ou tiretés vert) peut être utilisée pour une carte donnée. Pour des cartes avec un nombre important d’objets rocheux, il est recommandé d’utiliser le tireté vert pour la limite franche de végétation. Un inconvénient avec ce tireté vert c’est qu’il ne peut pas être utilisé pour montrer des limites autour ou à l’intérieur des symboles 410 (végétation, progression difficile) ou 411 (végétation, infranchissable).
Une solution dans ces cas est d’utiliser le symbole 415 (Limite franche de culture).
Longueur minimum dans le cas du pointillé noir : 5 points (2,5 mm 37 m au sol).
Longueur minimum dans le cas du tireté vert : 4 tirets (1,8 mm 27 m au sol).
Couleur : vert et noir 50 % (tireté) / noir (pointillé).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary, green dashed line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>Limite franche de végétation (terrain rocheux)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbols 410 (vegetation, fight) and 411 (vegetation, impassable). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol 415 (distinct cultivation boundary).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm – footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416.1</comment>
        <translation>Une lisière franche ou une limite de végétation franche à l’intérieur d’une forêt. Les lisières et les limites de végétation très nettes peuvent être dessinées avec le symbole limite franche de culture. Une seule des deux représentations de la limite franche de végétation (pointillés noir ou tiretés vert) peut être utilisée pour une carte donnée. Pour des cartes avec un nombre important d’objets rocheux, il est recommandé d’utiliser le tireté vert pour la limite franche de végétation. Un inconvénient avec ce tireté vert c’est qu’il ne peut pas être utilisé pour montrer des limites autour ou à l’intérieur des symboles 410 (végétation, progression difficile) ou 411 (végétation, infranchissable).
Une solution dans ces cas est d’utiliser le symbole 415 (Limite franche de culture).
Longueur minimum dans le cas du pointillé noir : 5 points (2,5 mm 37 m au sol).
Longueur minimum dans le cas du tireté vert : 4 tirets (1,8 mm 27 m au sol).
Couleur : vert et noir 50 % (tireté) / noir (pointillé).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>Gros arbre remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 417</comment>
        <translation>Emprise au sol 13,5 m x 13,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>Arbre ou buisson remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use sparingly, as it is easily mistaken for symbol 109 (small knoll) by the colour vision impaired.

Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>À utiliser avec parcimonie, car il est confondu par les personnes ayant un handicap de perception de couleurs avec le symbole 109 (petite butte). 
Emprise au sol : 7.5 m X 7,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier de végétation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Le symbole est orienté au Nord. 
Emprise au sol 13,5 m X 13,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm level surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une surface au sol ferme comme du goudron, de l’enrobé, des pavés, du béton. Les zones pavées doivent être bordées (ou encadrées) d’une fine ligne noire dès lors qu’elles ont une bordure franche. 
Surface minimale : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm level surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une surface au sol ferme comme du goudron, de l’enrobé, des pavés, du béton. Les zones pavées doivent être bordées (ou encadrées) d’une fine ligne noire dès lors qu’elles ont une bordure.
franche. Surface minimale : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Les zones pavées doivent être bordées (ou encadrées) d’une fine ligne noire dès lors qu’elles ont une bordure franche.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>Route large (largeur minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 +
2*0.14 mm – footprint 8.7 m)
The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as
symbol 516 (fence), 518 (impassable fence), 513 (wall) or 515 (impassable wall) if the
feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate
symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>La largeur devrait être dessinée à l’échelle, mais sans descendre sous le minimum (0,3 + 2 x 0,14 mm - 8,7 m au sol).
La bordure extérieure peut être remplacée par d’autres symboles de ligne noir, par exemple les symboles 516 (clôture), 518 (clôture infranchissable), 513 (mur) ou 515 (mur infranchissable) si l’élément est si proche de la bordure de la route qu’il ne serait pas possible de la représenter comme un symbole séparé.
L’intervalle entre les lignes noires est rempli de brun (50 %).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>Route large (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Formerly &quot;502 Major road&quot;, provided for migration from ISOM 2000. Use of this symbol is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation>Ne pas utiliser ce symbole hérité de la norme ISOM 2000.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>Route à deux voies</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol 516 (fence), 518 (impassable fence), 513 (wall) or 515 (impassable wall) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>La largeur devrait être dessinée à l’échelle, mais sans descendre sous le minimum (0,3 + 2 x 0,14 mm - 8,7 m au sol).
La bordure extérieure peut être remplacée par d’autres symboles de ligne noir, par exemple les symboles 516 (clôture), 518 (clôture infranchissable), 513 (mur) ou 515 (mur infranchissable) si l’élément est si proche de la bordure de la route qu’il ne serait pas possible de la représenter comme un symbole séparé.
L’intervalle entre les lignes noires est rempli de brun (50 %).
Une route à deux voies peut être représentée en utilisant deux symboles de route large côte à côte, en ne gardant qu’une des bordures au milieu.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Une route entretenue, carrossable par tous temps, de largeur inférieure à 5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Une piste ou une route mal entretenue, uniquement utilisable par des véhicules roulant à faible allure. Pour des jonctions franches, les tirets sont jointifs à la jonction. Pour des jonctions peu visibles, les tirets sont disjoints.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 tirets (6,25 mm - 94 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Chemin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An easily runnable path, bicycle track or old vehicle track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Un chemin facile à courir, une piste cyclable ou un ancien chemin carrossable. Pour des jonctions franches, les tirets sont jointifs à la jonction. Pour des jonctions peu visibles, les tirets sont disjoints.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Sentier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Un petit chemin sur lequel on peut courir ou un chemin de débardage (temporaire) que l’on peut suivre à vitesse de course Pour des jonctions franches, les tirets sont jointifs à la jonction. Pour des jonctions peu visibles, les tirets sont disjoints.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 tirets (2,25 mm - 34 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable less distinct / visible small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>Un petit chemin ou un chemin de débardage peu visible sur lequel on peut courir. 
Longueur minimum : 2 sections de tirets doubles (5,3 mm - 79,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Runnability: the same runnability as the surroundings.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Une trace dans la forêt ou une trace nette (chemin de débardage, piste de ski, etc.) qui ne comprend pas une marque au sol sur laquelle on peut courir. La définition du symbole doit être donnée sur la carte.
La capacité à courir est indiquée par l&apos;arrière-plan. Sans arrière-plan : même capacité à courir que l’environnement.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, yellow background</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Runnability: easy running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation>Une trace dans la forêt ou une trace nette (chemin de débardage, piste de ski, etc.) qui ne comprend pas une marque au sol sur laquelle on peut courir. La définition du symbole doit être donnée sur la carte.
La capacité à courir est indiquée en utilisant l&apos;arrière-plan. Sans arrière plan : même capacité à courir que l’environnement.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, green 20% background</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon, course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Runnability: slow running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation>Une trace dans la forêt ou une trace nette (chemin de débardage, piste de ski, etc.) qui ne comprend pas une marque au sol sur laquelle on peut courir. La définition du symbole doit être donnée sur la carte.
La capacité à courir est indiquée par l&apos;arrière plan. Arrière-plan vert 20 % : course ralentie.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, green 50% background</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon, marche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Runnability: walk.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation>Une trace dans la forêt ou une trace nette (chemin de débardage, piste de ski, etc.) qui ne comprend pas une marque au sol sur laquelle on peut courir. La définition du symbole doit être donnée sur la carte.
La capacité à courir est indiquée par l&apos;arrière-plan. Arrière plan vert 50 % : marche.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, white background</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Runnability: normal runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.4</comment>
        <translation>Une trace dans la forêt ou une trace nette (chemin de débardage, piste de ski, etc.) qui ne comprend pas une marque au sol sur laquelle on peut courir. La définition du symbole doit être donnée sur la carte.
Sans arrière-plan : même capacité à courir que l’environnement.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,25 mm - 64 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Voie de chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with the overprint symbol for forbidden route. If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with a symbol for forbidden area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Une voie de chemin de fer ou toute autre voie ferrée. 
S’il est interdit de courir le long de la voie ferrée, le symbole doit être associé avec le symbole 711 (route interdite). S’il est interdit de traverser la voie ferrée, le symbole doit être combiné avec les symboles 520 (Zone interdite d’accès) ou 709 (Zone interdite d’accès). 
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 2 tirets (4 mm - 60 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, téléphérique ou remonte-pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, câble porteur, ou téléski. Les barres indiquent l’emplacement exact des pylônes. La ligne peut être interrompue pour améliorer la lisibilité.
Si une portion de ligne électrique, câble porteur ou téléski longe une route ou un chemin (et n’offre pas une aide à la navigation supplémentaire), elle devrait être omise.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 5 mm (75 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.
The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes à haute tension devraient être représentées avec une ligne doublée. L’intervalle entre les lignes peut indiquer la zone de couverture de la ligne. Les lignes peuvent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité. Les pylônes de grande dimension doivent être représentés en projection en utilisant les symboles 521 (bâtiment) ou 524 (Tour de grande hauteur).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.
The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes à haute tension devraient être représentées avec une ligne doublée. L’intervalle entre les lignes peut indiquer la zone de couverture de la ligne. Les lignes peuvent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité. Les pylônes de grande dimension doivent être représentés en projection en utilisant les symboles 521 (bâtiment) ou 524 (Tour de grande hauteur).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (pour grands pylones)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.
The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes à haute tension devraient être représentées avec une ligne doublée. L’intervalle entre les lignes peut indiquer la zone de couverture de la ligne. Les lignes peuvent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité. Les pylônes de grande dimension doivent être représentés en projection en utilisant les symboles 521 (bâtiment) ou 524 (Tour de grande hauteur).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Les ponts et les tunnels sont représentés en utilisant le même symbole de base. S’il n’est possible de traverser un tunnel (ou sous un pont), il ne doit pas être dessiné. Longueur minimum (de la ligne de base) : 0,4 mm (6m au sol). Les ponts de petite taille reliés à un chemin ou à un sentier sont dessinés en centrant un tiret du chemin sur le croisement.
Les chemins et les sentiers sont interrompus si le croisement avec le cours d’eau n’est pas équipé d’un pont. 
Un petit pont piéton sans sentier y menant est représenté par un simple tiret.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>Les ponts et les tunnels sont représentés en utilisant le même symbole de base. S’il n’est possible de traverser un tunnel (ou sous un pont), il ne doit pas être dessiné. Longueur minimum (de la ligne de base) : 0,4 mm (6m au sol). Les ponts de petite taille reliés à un chemin ou à un sentier sont dessinés en centrant un tiret du chemin sur le croisement.
Les chemins et les sentiers sont interrompus si le croisement avec le cours d’eau n’est pas équipé d’un pont. 
Un petit pont piéton sans sentier y menant est représenté par un simple tiret.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>Un petit pont piéton sans sentier y menant est représenté par un simple tiret !</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>Mur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials. Minimum height: 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>Un mur significatif de pierres, béton, bois ou autre matériau.
Hauteur minimum : 1 m.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>Mur en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct wall. Minimum height 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 514</comment>
        <translation>Un mur ruiné ou moins significatif. Hauteur minimum : 0,5 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (3,65 mm - 55 m au sol). 
Si l’élément est plus court il doit être exagéré à la longueur graphique minimum ou remplacé par le symbole 513 (mur).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>Mur infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>Un mur infranchissable ou non traversable, normalement haut de + de 1,5 m.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 3 mm (45 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Si la clôture est refermée sur elle-même les chevrons devraient être placés à l’intérieur.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>Clôture en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined or less distinct fence. If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>Une clôture ruinée ou moins significative. Si la clôture est refermée sur elle-même les chevrons devraient être placés à l’intérieur.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (3,65 mm - 55 m au sol). 
Si l’élément est plus court il doit être exagéré à la longueur graphique minimum ou remplacé par le symbole 516 (clôture).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>Clôture infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>Une clôture infranchissable ou non traversable, normalement haut de plus de 1,5 m. Si la clôture est refermée sur elle-même les chevrons devraient être placées à l’intérieur.
Longueur minimum (isolé) : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Un passage à travers un mur, une clôture ou tout autre élément linéaire, y compris un portillon ou un échalier. Pour les éléments infranchissables, la ligne doit être interrompue au point de passage. Pour les éléments franchissables, la ligne ne doit pas être interrompue si le franchissement implique une forme d’escalade.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area.
The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through. Out-of-bounds areas should be bounded by the black boundary line or another black line symbol (e.g. fence).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès correspond à des éléments comme des propriétés privées, des jardins, des usines. Uniquement les courbes de niveau et les éléments significatifs comme les voies de chemin de fer et les bâtiments importants doivent être dessinées à l’intérieur de ces zones. Des barres noires verticales peuvent être utilisées pour de telles zones s’il est important de conserver une représentation complète du terrain (par exemple si une partie d’une forêt est interdite d’accès.
La zone doit être interrompue là où un chemin ou un sentier la traverse.
Les zones interdites d’accès devraient être entourées soit par la ligne de bordure noire soit par un autre symbole de ligne de couleur noir (par exemple une clôture). Le symbole de surimpression 709 peut être utilisé pour des zones interdites d’accès de façon temporaire. La version utilisant les bandes noires verticales est orientée vers le Nord.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite d’accès.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out of bounds area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (ligne bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn with 520.0 if there is no natural boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès correspond à des éléments comme des propriétés privées, des jardins, des usines. Uniquement les courbes de niveau et les éléments significatifs comme les voies de chemin de fer et les bâtiments importants doivent être dessinées à l’intérieur de ces zones. Des barres noires verticales peuvent être utilisées pour de telles zones s’il est important de conserver une représentation complète du terrain (par exemple si une partie d’une forêt est interdite d’accès.
La zone doit être interrompue là où un chemin ou un sentier la traverse.
Les zones interdites d’accès devraient être entourées soit par la ligne de bordure noire soit par un autre symbole de ligne de couleur noir (par exemple une clôture). Le symbole de surimpression 709 peut être utilisé pour des zones interdites d’accès de façon temporaire. La version utilisant les bandes noires verticales est orientée vers le Nord.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite d’accès.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, alternative</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (éco)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area.
Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through. Out-of-bounds areas should be bounded by the black boundary line or another black line symbol (e.g. fence).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès correspond à des éléments comme des propriétés privées, des jardins, des usines. Uniquement les courbes de niveau et les éléments significatifs comme les voies de chemin de fer et les bâtiments importants doivent être dessinées à l’intérieur de ces zones. Des barres noires verticales peuvent être utilisées pour de telles zones s’il est important de conserver une représentation complète du terrain (par exemple si une partie d’une forêt est interdite d’accès.
La zone doit être interrompue là où un chemin ou un sentier la traverse.
Les zones interdites d’accès devraient être entourées soit par la ligne de bordure noire soit par un autre symbole de ligne de couleur noir (par exemple une clôture). Le symbole de surimpression 709 peut être utilisé pour des zones interdites d’accès de façon temporaire. La version utilisant les bandes noires verticales est orientée vers le Nord.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite d’accès.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out of bounds area, alternative bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (ligne bordure éco)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn with 520.1 if there is no natural boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès correspond à des éléments comme des propriétés privées, des jardins, des usines. Uniquement les courbes de niveau et les éléments significatifs comme les voies de chemin de fer et les bâtiments importants doivent être dessinées à l’intérieur de ces zones. Des barres noires verticales peuvent être utilisées pour de telles zones s’il est important de conserver une représentation complète du terrain (par exemple si une partie d’une forêt est interdite d’accès.
La zone doit être interrompue là où un chemin ou un sentier la traverse.
Les zones interdites d’accès devraient être entourées soit par la ligne de bordure noire soit par un autre symbole de ligne de couleur noir (par exemple une clôture). Le symbole de surimpression 709 peut être utilisé pour des zones interdites d’accès de façon temporaire. La version utilisant les bandes noires verticales est orientée vers le Nord.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite d’accès.
Surface minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.

Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m). Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised. Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.25 mm.

Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).

Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment est dessiné en représentant sa surface au sol si l’échelle le permet.
Les bâtiments de taille supérieure à 75 m x75 m peuvent utiliser le gris foncé comme couleur de remplissage dans les zones urbaines.
Les passages à travers des bâtiments doivent mesurer au moins 0,3 mm de large (4,5 m au sol).
Les bâtiments dont l’accès est interdit sont généralisés.
Les zones entièrement incluses dans un bâtiment ne doivent pas être cartographiées. Elles doivent être dessinées comme partie intégrale du bâtiment.
L’espace minimum indiquant un passage entre deux bâtiments ou entre un bâtiment et un autre élément infranchissable devrait être de 0,25 mm.
Surface minimum : 0,5 mm x 0,5 mm (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.

Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment est dessiné en représentant sa surface au sol si l’échelle le permet.
Les bâtiments de taille supérieure à 75 m x75 m peuvent utiliser le gris foncé comme couleur de remplissage dans les zones urbaines.
Les passages à travers des bâtiments doivent mesurer au moins 0,3 mm de large (4,5 m au sol).
Les bâtiments dont l’accès est interdit sont généralisés.
Les zones entièrement incluses dans un bâtiment ne doivent pas être cartographiées. Elles doivent être dessinées comme partie intégrale du bâtiment.
L’espace minimum indiquant un passage entre deux bâtiments ou entre un bâtiment et un autre élément infranchissable devrait être de 0,25 mm.
Surface minimum : 0,5 mm x 0,5 mm (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In urban areas, buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill.

Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m). Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised. Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment est dessiné en représentant sa surface au sol si l’échelle le permet.
Les bâtiments de taille supérieure à 75 m x75 m peuvent utiliser le gris foncé comme couleur de remplissage dans les zones urbaines.
Les passages à travers des bâtiments doivent mesurer au moins 0,3 mm de large (4,5 m au sol).
Les bâtiments dont l’accès est interdit sont généralisés.
Les zones entièrement incluses dans un bâtiment ne doivent pas être cartographiées. Elles doivent être dessinées comme partie intégrale du bâtiment.
L’espace minimum indiquant un passage entre deux bâtiments ou entre un bâtiment et un autre élément infranchissable devrait être de 0,25 mm.
Surface minimum : 0,5 mm x 0,5 mm (7,5 m x 7,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole bâtiment (521.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville (composant bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black line surrounds the symbol 521.1.1.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole bâtiment (521.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Une zone d’accès autorisé où la course est possible sous un toit.
Surface minimum (isolé) : 0,6 mm x 0,6 mm (9 m x 9 m).
Largeur minimum (entre bords intérieurs) : 0,3 mm (4,5 m).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An accessible and runnable area with roof.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert (composant surface).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert (bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black line surrounds the symbol 522.0.1.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522.2</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole passage couvert (522.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined building. The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment en ruine. La surface au sol de la ruine est représentée à l’échelle dès que la surface minimum est dépassée. Les ruines trop petites pour être représentées à l’échelle peuvent l’être en utilisant un trait continu. 
Surface minimum (mesures bords extérieurs) : 0,8 mm x 0,8mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>Ruine (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruins that are so small that they cannot be drawn to scale may be represented using a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523.1</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment en ruine. La surface au sol de la ruine est représentée à l’échelle dès que la surface minimum est dépassée. Les ruines trop petites pour être représentées à l’échelle peuvent l’être en utilisant un trait continu. 
Surface minimum (mesures bords extérieurs) : 0,8 mm x 0,8mm (12 m x 12 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Tour de grande hauteur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Une tour de grande hauteur ou un gros pylône. S’il est dans la forêt, il doit émerger de la forêt environnante.
Le symbole est orienté au Nord.
Emprise au sol : 21 m X 21 m Des tours de dimensions supérieures doivent être représentés avec le symbole 521 (bâtiment).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Une petite tour notoire, un affut de chasse, une plateforme surélevée.
Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Le symbole est orienté au Nord. Emprise au sol : 15 m x 15 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.
Minimum height: 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Un cairn notoire, un mémorial, une borne frontière, ou un point trigonométrique. 
Hauteur minimum : 0,5 m.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation>Une mangeoire isolée ou attachée à un arbre.
Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Le symbole est orienté au Nord. 
Emprise au sol : 13,5 m x 13,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>Élément linéaire significatif</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent man-made line feature. For example, a low pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh/skeleton track that is clearly visible. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation>Un élément linéaire significatif dû à l’homme. Par exemple une conduite (eau, pétrole, gaz, chaleur) ou une piste de bobsleigh ou de luge de faible hauteur. La définition doit être donnée sur la carte.
Longueur minimum : 1,5 mm (22,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Élément linéaire significatif infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh/skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Un élément linéaire significatif dû à l’homme, infranchissable. Par exemple une conduite (eau, pétrole, gaz, chaleur) ou une piste de bobsleigh ou de luge de grande hauteur. La définition doit être donnée sur la carte.
Longueur minimum : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - cercle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Le symbole est orienté au Nord. Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map. North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du Nord magnétique sont positionnées sur la carte dans la direction du Nord magnétique, parallèlement aux bords de la carte. Elles doivent être espacées de 20 mm sur la carte soit 300 m au sol à l’échelle 1/15000. Si la carte est agrandie au 1/10000, leur espacement sera porté à 30 mm sur la carte.
Les lignes du Nord magnétique doivent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité de la carte, par exemple si elles venaient à cacher des éléments du terrain. Sur des cartes avec très peu d’éléments de type « Eau », des lignes bleues peuvent être utilisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map. North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du Nord magnétique sont positionnées sur la carte dans la direction du Nord magnétique, parallèlement aux bords de la carte. Elles doivent être espacées de 20 mm sur la carte soit 300 m au sol à l’échelle 1/15000. Si la carte est agrandie au 1/10000, leur espacement sera porté à 30 mm sur la carte.
Les lignes du Nord magnétique doivent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité de la carte, par exemple si elles venaient à cacher des éléments du terrain. Sur des cartes avec très peu d’éléments de type « Eau », des lignes bleues peuvent être utilisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map. North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du Nord magnétique sont positionnées sur la carte dans la direction du Nord magnétique, parallèlement aux bords de la carte. Elles doivent être espacées de 20 mm sur la carte soit 300 m au sol à l’échelle 1/15000. Si la carte est agrandie au 1/10000, leur espacement sera porté à 30 mm sur la carte.
Les lignes du Nord magnétique doivent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité de la carte, par exemple si elles venaient à cacher des éléments du terrain. Sur des cartes avec très peu d’éléments de type « Eau », des lignes bleues peuvent être utilisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du nord magnétique (surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map. North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du Nord magnétique sont positionnées sur la carte dans la direction du Nord magnétique, parallèlement aux bords de la carte. Elles doivent être espacées de 20 mm sur la carte soit 300 m au sol à l’échelle 1/15000. Si la carte est agrandie au 1/10000, leur espacement sera porté à 30 mm sur la carte.
Les lignes du Nord magnétique doivent être interrompues pour améliorer la lisibilité de la carte, par exemple si elles venaient à cacher des éléments du terrain. Sur des cartes avec très peu d’éléments de type « Eau », des lignes bleues peuvent être utilisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>Croix de calage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks should be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. These can be used for course overprinting when overprinting on already printed maps. In addition, it allows a check of colour registration when printing colours separately.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>Au minimum trois croix de calage devraient être insérées dans le cadre d’une carte de façon asymétrique. Elles peuvent être utilisées pour l’impression des parcours lors d’impression sur des cartes déjà imprimées. De plus elles permettent de contrôler le calage des couleurs quand celles-ci sont imprimées séparément.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (point)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. Water levels are given without the dot. Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation>Les points d’altitude sont utilisés pour une estimation grossière des dénivelées. L’altitude est arrondie au mètre le plus proche. L’altitude d’un plan d’eau est indiquée sans le point. Les points d’altitude ne doivent être utilisés que s’ils ne rentrent pas en conflit avec d’autres détails.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (texte)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. Water levels are given without the dot. Spot heights must only be used where they do not conflict with other symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Les points d’altitude sont utilisés pour une estimation grossière des dénivelées. L’altitude est arrondie au mètre le plus proche. L’altitude d’un plan d’eau est indiquée sans le point. Les points d’altitude ne doivent être utilisés que s’ils ne rentrent pas en conflit avec d’autres détails.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>L’endroit d’où la course d’orientation débute. Le centre du triangle désigne l’endroit précis à partir duquel l’orientation libre débute. Le départ doit être à un endroit clairement identifiable sur la carte. Le triangle pointe en direction du premier poste.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Prise de carte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>S’il y a un cheminement balisé vers le départ, ce symbole indique où elle a lieu.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For point features, the centre of the circle shall be the centre of the symbol. For line and area features, the centre of the circle shows the precise position of the control marker. Controls shall only be placed on points that are clearly identifiable on the map.
Sections of the circle should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Pour les éléments ponctuels, le centre du cercle doit être le centre du symbole. Pour les éléments linéaires et surfaciques, le centre du cercle désigne la localisation exacte du poste de contrôle. Les postes de contrôle ne doivent être placés que sur des éléments clairement identifiables sur la carte.
Des portions de cercles devraient être interrompues pour laisser apparaître des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Le numéro de poste est placé à côté du cercle du poste de contrôle de façon à ne pas masquer de détails importants. Les numéros sont orientés vers le Nord.
Police : sans-serif, 4,0 mm, non-gras, non-italique.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Ligne de parcours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Quand les postes de contrôle doivent être visités dans un ordre imposé, le séquencement est indiqué en utilisant des lignes droites du départ au premier poste, puis ensuite d’un poste au poste suivant. Des portions de ligne devraient être interrompues pour laisser apparaître des détails
importants.
La ligne doit passer par les points de passage obligatoire. Il devrait y avoir un espace entre la ligne et le cercle de contrôle pour augmenter la lisibilité des éléments à proximité du contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>La fin du circuit.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Un itinéraire balisé qui fait partie du parcours. Il est obligatoire de suivre l’itinéraire balisé. 
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (4,5 mm - 67,5 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Limite interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.
An out-of-bounds boundary shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Une limite dont le franchissement est interdit.Une limite interdite ne doit pas être franchie.
Longueur minimum : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite (bordure tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point, for instance through or over a wall or fence, across a road or railway, through a tunnel or out-of-bounds area, or over an uncrossable boundary is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. The lines shall reflect the length of the crossing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage, par exemple à travers ou par-dessus une clôture ou un mur, une traversée de route ou de voie de chemin de fer, sous un tunnel ou à travers une zone interdite d’accès ou par-dessus une limite interdite est dessinée par deux parenthèses inversées. La longueur des lignes doit indiquer la longueur du passage.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Une route qui est interdite d’accès. Les coureurs peuvent la traverser mais il est interdit de la suivre.
Longueur minimum : 2 symboles (6 mm – 90 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds route, single cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite (composant croix)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds. Competitors are allowed to cross directly over a forbidden route, but it is forbidden to go along it.
An out-of-bounds route shall not be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole route interdite (711.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste de premier secours.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>Poste boisson</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste boisson qui n’est pas un poste de contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Parcours de course</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.
Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un défaut de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISOM2000</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>Violine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>Noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>Brun 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>Noir sous brun clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Bleu opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>Bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>Brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>Orange OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>Noir 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Vert 50%, Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>Vert sur Blanc sur vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque sur vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>Vert opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>Vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>Vert 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>Vert 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>Vert sous vert clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>Blanc sur jaune 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne passant par des points de même altitude. L&apos;équidistance habituelle entre deux courbes de niveau est 5 m (sur le terrain). L&apos;écart minimum entre deux courbes de niveau est 0,25 mm (sur la carte).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau intermédiaire. Les courbes intermédiaires sont utilisées pour donner plus d&apos;information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe intermédiaire peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Tiret de pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les tirets de pente peuvent être ajoutés sur le côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, par exemple à l&apos;endroit d&apos;un rentrant ou d&apos;une dépression. Ils ne sont dessinés que si la compréhension de la carte nécessite de préciser le sens de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Les courbes de niveau peuvent être cotées pour faciliter l&apos;évaluation de grandes différences de dénivelé. Elles sont insérées dans les courbes de niveau maîtresse, où elles ne dissimulent aucun détail. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, taille minimale</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, important</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>La ligne d&apos;une abrupt de terre important peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, très haut, taille minimal</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>L&apos;épaisseur de la ligne d&apos;une abrupte de terre peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>Utiliser ce symbole pour représenter l&apos;étendue de l&apos;abrupt de terre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre. La hauteur minimale est 1m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Petite levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Une petite ou levée de terre en ruine doit être dessinée avec une ligne discontinue. La hauteur minimale est 0,5 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Petite ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain accidenté, léger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante les symboles de terrain accidentés (113 et 114).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (Les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0.3 mm).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Utiliser ce symbole pour dessiner la surface d&apos;une grande falaise.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Caverne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Rocher</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Grand bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse, grande</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain rocailleux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Terrain sablonneux découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (310.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Sa largeur devrait être d’au moins 2 m.
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Cours d&apos;eau naturel ou creusé qui peut ne contenir de l&apos;eau que par intermittence.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course facile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une bonne visibilité et une capacité à courir réduite, du fait par exemple de végétation basse (ronces, buissons, arbustes, branches au sol). La vitesse de course est réduite à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 1,5 mm x 1 mm (22,5 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone de sous-bois dense mais présentant une bonne visibilité (ronces, buissons, arbustes, y compris branches coupées) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale. Ce symbole ne peut pas être combiné avec 406 (forêt : course ralentie) et 408 (forêt : course difficile).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, course possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Verger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Vigne en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>Limite de culture nette</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Un terrain cultivé dont la traversée est interdite selon la saison du fait de la croissance des plantations, peut être représenté par une trame de points noirs.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Limite de végétation distincte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Chemin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Layon étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, câble porteur, ou téléski</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Mur en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Clôture en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>Ruine (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une conduite (gaz, eau, pétrole, etc.) au-dessus du niveau du sol et qui peut être franchie par-dessus ou par-dessous.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Haute tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne du nord magnétique, bleu, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Croix de centrage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point d&apos;altitude, point</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (texte)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le départ, (ou le point de la prise de carte s&apos;il ne s&apos;agit pas du départ) est représenté par un triangle équilatéral qui pointe dans la direction du premier poste. Le centre de ce triangle montre la position exacte du point de départ.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les postes de contrôle sont représentés par des cercles. Le centre du cercle doit indiquer la position exacte de l&apos;élément. Des sections du cercle peuvent être éliminées à condition de ne masquer aucun détail important.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le numéro du poste est placé à proximité du cercle, de telle manière qu&apos;il ne masque aucun détail important. Ces numéros sont orientés vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne interposte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Lorsque les contrôles doivent être parcourus dans un ordre défini, le départ, les postes et l&apos;arrivée sont réunis par des traits. Des sections de ligne peuvent être éliminées pour ne pas masquer des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Un itinéraire balisé est indiqué sur la carte par des traits interrompus.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">L&apos;arrivée est représentée par deux cercles concentriques.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite qui n&apos;est pas permis de franchir.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage à travers ou sur un mur ou une clôture, ou traversant une route ou une voie de chemin de fer ou à travers un tunnel ou une zone interdite est dessiné sur la carte avec deux lignes incurvées vers l&apos;extérieur.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite, voir aussi le symbole 528, est dessiné avec des traits verticaux.
Une limite peut être dessinée s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas de limite naturelle, de la façon suivante :
- une ligne continue indique que la limite est marquée clairement au sol (rubalise, etc).
- une ligne discontinue indique un marquage au sol irrégulier,
- aucune ligne indique qu&apos;il n&apos;y pas de marquage au sol.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone interdite,  ligne continue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne continue indique que la zone est repérée de manière continue (banderole, etc) sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone interdite, ligne en tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne en tirets indique un repérage intermittent sur le terrain
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Zone dangereuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Une zone présentant un danger pour les compétiteurs est dessiné avec des hachures croisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Une route est interdite est surchargée par des croix.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">La position d&apos;un poste de premiers soins.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de ravitaillement</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste boisson qui n’est pas un poste de contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Simple course d&apos;orientation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.

Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un inconvénient de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>Violine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>Violine 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>Noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White below Black</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque sous noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown for contours</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Brun pour lignes de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 50-65% for buildings</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>Noir 50-65% pour bâtiments</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation>Noir 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation>Noir 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation>Noir 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green, Black 50% above Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation>Vert, Noir 50% sur brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue above Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Bleu opaque sur brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue above Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>Bleu sur brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green above Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation>Vert sur brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 20-50% for paved area, non-urban</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>Brun 20-50% pour zone urbaine, non-urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 0-30% for paved area, urban</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>Brun 0-30% pour zone urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation>Noir sous brun clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation>Bleu opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation>Bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 75%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 75%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation>Bleu OpenOrienteering 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation>Brun</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation>Orange OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grey</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation>Gris</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation>Vert 50%, Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>Blanc sur Vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green, Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation>Vert, Noir 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation>Vert opaque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>Vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>Vert 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation>Vert 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation>Vert sous vert clair</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation>Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation>Blanc sur jaune 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 35</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 2 or 2.5 m. To emphasize the 3-dimensional effect of the contour line image, contour lines shall be represented as continuous lines through all symbols, also building (526.1) and canopy (526.2). However, contour lines shall be cut out for better legibility, if they touch the following symbols: small earth wall (108.1), small knoll (112), small elongated knoll (113), small depression (115), pit or hole (116), prominent landform feature (118), step or edge of paved area (529.1). 

The relative height difference between neighbouring features must be represented on the map as accurately as possible. Absolute height accuracy is of less importance. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this will improve the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval and attention must be paid to neighbouring features. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.4 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Ligne qui rejoint les points d&apos;altitude équivalente. L&apos;intervalle vertical standard (équidistance) est 2 ou 2,5 mètres. Pour mettre en évidence l&apos;effet 3D de l&apos;image des courbes de niveau, celles-ci seront représentées en ligne continue au dessus des autres symboles, y compris les bâtiments (526.1) et les auvents (526.2). Cependant, elles seront interrompues si elles touchent les symboles ci-après : petite levée de terre (108.1), petite butte (112), petite butte allongée (113), petite dépréssion (115), trou (116), élément de relief bien visible (118), marche ou zone pavée (529.1). 

La différence d&apos;altitude relative entre des éléments voisins doit être représentée aussi précisément que possible. La précision de l&apos;altitude absolue est de moindre importance. Il est permis de modifier légèrement une courbe de niveau si cela peut améliorer la représentation d&apos;un élément. La déviation ne peut cependant dépasser 25 % de l&apos;équidistance et il convient de porter attention aux éléments voisins. La courbure minimale d&apos;une courbe de niveau est de 0,4 mm, de centre à centre des lignes.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with symbol contour (101).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Chaque cinquième courbe sera dessinée avec une épaisseur plus importante. Ce sera une aide à l&apos;estimation rapide d&apos;une différence d&apos;altitude et de la forme générale du terrain. Lorsqu&apos;une courbe de niveau maîtresse coïncide avec une zone fortement détaillée, elle peut être dessinée en courbe simple (101).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau intermédiaire. Les courbes intermédiaires sont utilisées pour donner plus d&apos;information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe intermédiaire peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Tiret de pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines should be drawn on the lower side of a contour line where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Des tirets de pente peuvent être dessinés du côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau lorsqu&apos;il est nécessaire de clarifier la direction de la pente, par ex. le long de la courbe d&apos;un rentrant ou dans une dépression.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Les courbes de niveau peuvent être cotées pour faciliter l&apos;évaluation de grandes différences de dénivelé. Elles sont insérées dans les courbes de niveau maîtresse, où elles ne dissimulent aucun détail. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0</comment>
        <translation>Un abrupt de terre est un changement brutal dans le niveau du terrain qui peut être clairement distingué dans l&apos;environnement, comme par exemple une carrière ou des tranchées, des remblais de route ou de chemins de terre. La longueur des tirets doit montrer l&apos;importance de la pente, mais ils peuvent être omis si deux abrupts sont très proches l&apos;un de l&apos;autre. Des abrupts de terre infranchissables doivent être dessinés avec le symbole de falaise infranchissable (201). L&apos;épaisseur de ligne d&apos;abrupts très importants peut être de 0,37 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, important</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, roads and railway cuttings or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks shall be drawn with the symbol impassable cliff (201). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.37 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>Un abrupt de terre est un changement brutal dans le niveau du terrain qui peut être clairement distingué dans l&apos;environnement, comme par exemple une carrière ou des tranchées, des remblais de route ou de chemins de terre. La longueur des tirets doit montrer l&apos;importance de la pente, mais ils peuvent être omis si deux abrupts sont très proches l&apos;un de l&apos;autre. Des abrupts de terre infranchissables doivent être dessinés avec le symbole de falaise infranchissable (201). L&apos;épaisseur de ligne d&apos;abrupts très importants peut être de 0,37 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation>Utiliser ce symbole pour représenter l&apos;étendue de l&apos;abrupt de terre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108.1</comment>
        <translation>Petite levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct earth wall, usually man made. The minimum height is 0.5 m. Larger earth walls should be represented with the symbols contour (101), form line (103) or earth bank (106).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108.1</comment>
        <translation>Petit mur de terre distinct, généralement créé par l&apos;homme. La hauteur minimum est de 0,5 m. Des murs plus importants doivent être représentés par les symboles de courbe de niveau (101), de courbe de forme (103) ou d&apos;abrupt de terre (106).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully or trench</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Ravin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be represented with the symbol earth bank (106), contour (101), index contour (102) or form line (103) is represented by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. The end of the line is pointed. Minimum depth is 1 m. Minimum length is 3 mm on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Ravin provoqué par l&apos;érosion ou une tranchée trop petite pour être dessinée avec les symboles d&apos;abrupt de terre (106), de courbe de niveau - maîtresse - de forme (101-102-103) est représenté par un seul trait. L&apos;épaisseur du trait représente les dimensions du ravin. Le trait se termine en pointe. Profondeur minimale : 1 m. Longueur minimale sur la carte : 3 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Petit ravin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation>Ravine, fossé sec ou petite tranchée. Profondeur minimale : 0,5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (101), index contour (102) or form line (103). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation>Petit monticule visible ou une butte rocheuse qui ne peut être déssinée avec des courbes de niveau (101), des courbes de niveau maîtresse (102) ou des courbes de forme (103). La hauteur d&apos;une butte doit être d&apos;au mois 1 m par rapport au terrain qui l&apos;entoure.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (101), index contour (102) or form line (103). The maximum length should be 6 m and the maximum width 2 m. The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this shall be shown by contours.

The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols touch or overlap.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation>Petit monticule visible, allongé et qui ne peut être dessiné à l&apos;échelle avec une courbe de niveau (101), maîtresse (102) ou de forme (103). La longueur maximum sera de 6 m et sa largeur maximale 2 m. La hauteur d&apos;une butte doit être d&apos;au moins 1 m par rapport au terrain qui l&apos;entoure. Les buttes plus importantes doivent être dessinées avec des courbes de niveau. 

Ce symbole ne peut être dessiné sous forme libre ou de telle manière que deux d&apos;entre eux se recouvrent.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small shallow natural depression or hollow which cannot be represented by the symbol contour (101) or form line (103) is represented by a semicircle. The minimum diameter should be 2 m. The minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression naturelle évasée ou une cuvette qui ne peut être représentée par des courbes de niveau (101) ou de forme (103) est représentée par un demi-cercle. Le diamètre minimum est de 2 m. La profondeur minimale par rapport au terrain qui l&apos;entoure doit être de 1 m. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep sides which cannot be represented to scale with the symbol earth bank (106). The minimum diameter shall be 2 m. The minimum depth from the surrounding ground shall be 1 m. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation>Trou avec des flancs nets et raides qui ne peut être représenté à l&apos;échelle par le symbole 106 (diamètre minimum 2 m). La profondeur minimale par rapport au terrain qui l&apos;entoure doit être de 1 m. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté, léger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone de trous et de buttes, trop complexe pour être détaillée. La densité des points placés au hasard peut varier selon les détails sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>Terrain accidenté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls, which is too complex to be represented in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone de trous et de buttes, trop complexe pour être détaillée. La densité des points placés au hasard peut varier selon les détails sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent landform feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>Détail particulier du relief</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small landform feature which is significant or prominent. The definition of the symbol shall always be given in the map legend. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole peut être utilisé pour des détails particuliers de relief. Sa définition doit toujours figurer sur la légende de la carte. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank [see symbol earth bank (106)]. Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). 

The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. Minimum height is 2 meters.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable cliff!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, carrière ou abrupt de terre (voir 106). Des tirets vers l&apos;aval montrent l&apos;importance de l&apos;élément de la ligne de sommet à son pied. Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0,3 mm). 

Les tirets peuvent s&apos;étendre sur un symbole de surface qui représente le détail directement sous la face rocheuse. Quand une falaise tombe directement dans l&apos;eau, rendant impossible le passage au pied de la falaise, soit le trait marquant la rive est omis, soit les tirets doivent nettement le dépasser. La hauteur minimale est 2 m. 

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir ce type de falaise !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, taille minimum &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank [see symbol earth bank (106)]. Tags are drawn downwards, showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). 

The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. Minimum height is 2 meters.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable cliff!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, carrière ou abrupt de terre (voir 106). Des tirets vers l&apos;aval montrent l&apos;importance de l&apos;élément de la ligne de sommet à son pied. Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0,3 mm). 

Les tirets peuvent s&apos;étendre sur un symbole de surface qui représente le détail directement sous la face rocheuse. Quand une falaise tombe directement dans l&apos;eau, rendant impossible le passage au pied de la falaise, soit le trait marquant la rive est omis, soit les tirets doivent nettement le dépasser. La hauteur minimale est 2 m. 

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir ce type de falaise !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, sans tirets &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (Les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0.3 mm).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags, minimum size &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, sans tirets, taille minimum &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (Les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0.3 mm).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation>Utiliser ce symbole pour dessiner l&apos;étendue d&apos;une grande falaise.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder or rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Colonne rocheuse et falaise</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Des colonnes rocheuses, de grandes falaises ou d&apos;énormes rochers sont représentés par leur forme en plan sans tiret.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. Minimum height is 1 m. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation>Une petite face rocheuse est représentée sans tirets. Si le sens de la pente n&apos;est pas évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau, ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés vers l&apos;aval. Hauteur minimum : 1 m. En l&apos;absence de ces tirets, les extrémités des traits représentatifs peuvent être arrondies pour améliorer la lisibilité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. Minimum height is 1 m. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Une petite face rocheuse est représentée sans tirets. Si le sens de la pente n&apos;est pas évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau, ou pour améliorer la lisibilité, des tirets courts peuvent être dessinés vers l&apos;aval. Hauteur minimum : 1 m. En l&apos;absence de ces tirets, les extrémités des traits représentatifs peuvent être arrondies pour améliorer la lisibilité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau. Pour les falaises franchissables dessinées sans tirets, la fin de ligne doit être arrondie pour améliorer la lisiblité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good. For passable rock faces shown without tags the end of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation>Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau. Pour les falaises franchissables dessinées sans tirets, la fin de ligne doit être arrondie pour améliorer la lisiblité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rocky pit, hole or mineshaft which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Trou rocheux ou accès à une mine qui peut constituer un danger pour le compétiteur. Le symbole est orienté vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Caverne ou grotte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol shall be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. This symbol should generally not be used in urban areas. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Controls may not be placed inside caves!&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Une caverner est reésentée par le même symbole qu&apos;un trou rocheux. Dans ce cas le symbole doit être orienté dans le sens de la pente. Ce symbole ne doit as être utilisé en zone urbaine. Le centre du symbole indique la position de l&apos;entrée de la caverne.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Aucun poste de contrôle ne doit être placé à l&apos;intérieur des grottes !&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Rocher</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder. The minimum height is 1 m. Every boulder marked on the map shall be immediately identifiable on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Petit bloc rocheux, bien distinct. Hauteur minimum : 1 m. Chaque rocher représenté sur la carte doit être aisément identifiable sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Grand bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. Gigantic boulders shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol gigantic boulder or rock pillar (202).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux particulièrement grand et visible. Des blocs plus importants seront représentées selon leur forme par le symbole de colonnes rocheuses et falaises (202).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles. A minimum of two triangles shall be used. The triangles can be enlarged by up to 20 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone où la densité de de blocs rocheux est telle qu&apos;ils ne peuvent être marqués séparémment est représentée par des triangles pleins orientés aléatoirement. La pénétrabilité est réduite et est indiquée par la densité des triangles. Minimum 2 triangles. Les triangles peuvent être agrandis jusqu&apos;à 20%.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse, grande</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is represented with randomly orientated solid triangles. The runnability is reduced and is indicated by the density of the triangles. A minimum of two triangles shall be used. The triangles can be enlarged by up to 20 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone où la densité de de blocs rocheux est telle qu&apos;ils ne peuvent être marqués séparémment est représentée par des triangles pleins orientés aléatoirement. La pénétrabilité est réduite et est indiquée par la densité des triangles. Minimum 2 triangles. Les triangles peuvent être agrandis jusqu&apos;à 20%.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Terrain rocailleux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability. The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots shall be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse ou caillouteuse où la pénétrabilité est réduite. Les points doivent être répartis alétoirement, en accord avec la densité de pierres. 3 points minimum doivent apparaître.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation>Terrain rocailleux, grand</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of stony or rocky ground which reduces runnability. The dots shall be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots shall be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse ou caillouteuse où la pénétrabilité est réduite. Les points doivent être répartis alétoirement, en accord avec la densité de pierres. 3 points minimum doivent apparaître.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Terrain sablonneux découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation which reduces runnability. Where an area of sandy ground is open and has good runnability, it is represented with symbol open land (401), open land with scattered trees (402) or paved area (529).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation>Zone de sable mou ou de graviers sans végétation où la course est ralentie. Un découvert sablonneux où la course n&apos;est pas ralentie est représentée par les symboles 401 (terrain découvert), 402 (terrain découvert encombré) ou 529 (zone pavée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of runnable rock without earth or vegetation. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation shall be represented according to its openness and runnability (401/402/403/404).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation>Zone rocheuse courable, sans terre ou végétation. Une zone de rochers recouverts d&apos;herbe, de mousse ou de végétation basse est représentée comme une zone découverte selon sa pénétrabilité et sa courabilité (401/402/403/404).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation>Trou rempli d&apos;eau ou zone d&apos;eau trop petite pour être représentée à l&apos;échelle. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable body of water, with bank line, 100% blue &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau infranchissable, avec bordure, 100% bleu &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain which may constitute a danger to the competitor or has forbidden access. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicates that the feature cannot or shall not be crossed. The minimum dimension is 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable body of water!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau profonde, tel un lac, un étang, une rivière qui peut constituer un danger pour le compétiteur ou est interdite d&apos;accès. La couleur bleue foncé et la limite noire indiquent que l&apos;élément ne peut être franchi. La dimension minimale est 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une zone d&apos;eau infranchissable.
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable body of water, with bank line, 75% blue &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau infranchissable, avec bordure, 75% bleu &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain which may constitute a danger to the competitor or has forbidden access. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicates that the feature cannot or shall not be crossed. The minimum dimension is 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable body of water!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau profonde, tel un lac, un étang, une rivière qui peut constituer un danger pour le compétiteur ou est interdite d&apos;accès. La couleur bleue foncé et la limite noire indiquent que l&apos;élément ne peut être franchi. La dimension minimale est 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une zone d&apos;eau infranchissable.
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable body of water, bank line &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau infranchissable, bordure &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bordering black line indicates that the feature cannot or shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304.2</comment>
        <translation>Bordure noire indiquant que la zone ne peut ou ne doit pas être franchie.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable body of water, fill, 100% blue &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304.3</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau infranchissable, remplissage, 100% bleu &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain which may constitute a danger to the competitor or has forbidden access. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicates that the feature cannot or shall not be crossed. The minimum dimension is 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable body of water!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304.3</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau profonde, tel un lac, un étang, une rivière qui peut constituer un danger pour le compétiteur ou est interdite d&apos;accès. La couleur bleue foncé et la limite noire indiquent que l&apos;élément ne peut être franchi. La dimension minimale est 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une zone d&apos;eau infranchissable.
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable body of water, fill, 75% blue &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304.4</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau infranchissable, remplissage, 75% bleu &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of deep water such as a lake, pond, river or fountain which may constitute a danger to the competitor or has forbidden access. The dark blue colour and the bordering black line indicates that the feature cannot or shall not be crossed. The minimum dimension is 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable body of water!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304.4</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau profonde, tel un lac, un étang, une rivière qui peut constituer un danger pour le compétiteur ou est interdite d&apos;accès. La couleur bleue foncé et la limite noire indiquent que l&apos;élément ne peut être franchi. La dimension minimale est 1 mm².

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une zone d&apos;eau infranchissable.
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable body of water, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau franchissable, remplissage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water shall be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable. If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol impassable body of water (304.1). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau peu profonde, telle un étang, une mare, une rivière ou une fontaine qui peut être franchie. La profondeur sera inférieure à 0,5 m et courable. Si l&apos;étendue d&apos;eau n&apos;est pas courable, elle doit être représentée par le symbole 304.1 (infranchissable). Si aucun autre symbole de ligne ne touche le bord de cette étendue d&apos;eau, la rive sera représentée par une ligne bleue.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau franchissable, contour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water shall be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable. If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol (304.1). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau peu profonde, telle un étang, une mare, une rivière ou une fontaine qui peut être franchie. La profondeur sera inférieure à 0,5 m et courable. Si l&apos;étendue d&apos;eau n&apos;est pas courable, elle doit être représentée par le symbole 304.1 (infranchissable). Si aucun autre symbole de ligne ne touche le bord de cette étendue d&apos;eau, la rive sera représentée par une ligne bleue.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of shallow water such as a pond, river or fountain that can be crossed. The body of water shall be less than 0.5 m deep and runnable. If the body of water is not runnable it shall be represented with the symbol impassable body of water (304.1). If no other line symbol touches the border of the passable body of water, the border shall be represented with a blue line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;eau peu profonde, telle un étang, une mare, une rivière ou une fontaine qui peut être franchie. La profondeur sera inférieure à 0,5 m et courable. Si l&apos;étendue d&apos;eau n&apos;est pas courable, elle doit être représentée par le symbole 304.1 (infranchissable). Si aucun autre symbole de ligne ne touche le bord de cette étendue d&apos;eau, la rive sera représentée par une ligne bleue.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>Petit cours d&apos;eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse less than 2 m wide.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation>Petit cours d&apos;eau d&apos;une largeur inférieure à 2 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>Cours d&apos;eau temporaire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation>Cours d&apos;eau naturel ou creusé qui peut ne contenir de l&apos;eau que par intermittence.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol marsh (310).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation>Un marais ou un filet d&apos;eau trop étroit pour être représenté par le symbole 310 (marais).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable marsh &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is impassable or which may constitute a danger to the competitor. The feature cannot or shall not be crossed.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable marsh!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable ou qui peut constituer un danger pour le concurrent. Cet élément ne peut être franchi.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir un marais infranchissable !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable marsh, fill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable, remplissage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol should not be used on its own.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole ne doit pas être utilisé seul.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable, bordure</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol should not be used on its own.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole ne doit pas être utilisé seul.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol shall be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. 

Minimum size: not less than 2 lines, 5 mm long.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation>Marais franchissable, habituellement avec une rive distincte. Ce symbole peut être combiné à des symboles de végétation pour indiquer la pénétrabilité.

Taille minimum : 2 lignes, 5mm de longueur.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.

Minimum size: 4 dashes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible ou saisonnier, ou une zone de transition progressive entre un marais et la terre ferme. Le bord est généralement peu distinct et la végétation similaire à celle du terrain environnant. Le symbole peut être combiné à des symboles de végétation pour montrer la pénétrabilité.

Taille minimum : 4 tirets.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais peu visible, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small fountain or well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>Petite fontaine ou puits</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small well or fountain, which is at least 1 m high or at least 1 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation>Puits ou fontaine , au minimum 1 m de haut ou de diamètre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. This symbol should generally not be used in urban areas. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation>Source d&apos;un cours d&apos;eau avec un débit perceptible. Le symbole ne sera généralement pas utilisé en zone urbaine. Le symbole est orienté avec l&apos;ouverture vers l&apos;aval.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>Élément d&apos;eau particulier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small water feature which is significant or prominent. The definition of the symbol shall always be given in the map legend. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation>Petit élément hydrographique significatif et bien visible. La signification du symbole doit toujours figurer sur la légende de la carte. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of cultivated land, lawn, field, meadow, grassland, etc. without trees, offering very good runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé, champ, prairie, champ herbeux, etc. sans arbres permettant une course très facile.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert avec
arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering very good runnability. Areas smaller than 10 mm² at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Symbols prominent large tree (418) and prominent bush or small tree (419) may be added.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Prairie avec arbres ou buissons dispersés, avec herbe ou végétation similaire au sol et permettant une course facile. De petites surfaces (inférieures à 10 mm² à l&apos;échelle de la carte) sont représentées comme terrain découvert (401). Des symboles 418 (grand arbre bien visible) et 419 (buisson bien visible ou petit arbre) peuvent être ajoutés.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of heath or moorland, a felled area, a newly planted area (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, i.e. heather or tall grass. This symbol may be combined with symbols undergrowth: slow running (407) and undergrowth: difficult to run (409) to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Landes, abattis, jeunes plantations (arbres de moins de 1 m de haut), ou tout autre terrain découvert avec une végétation basse &quot;rugueuse&quot; (bruyère, brande, ou de l&apos;herbe haute). Ce symbole peut être combiné avec les symboles 407 et 409 des végétations au sol pour indiquer une vitesse de course réduite.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert
encombré avec arbres
dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of rough open land with scattered trees or bushes. Areas smaller than 16 mm² in the map scale are either mapped as rough open land (403) or forest: easy running (405). Symbols prominent large tree (418) and prominent bush or small tree (419) may be added.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Zone découverte encombrée avec des arbres dispersés ou des buissons. Des zones inférieures à 16 mm² à l&apos;échelle de la carte doivent être représentées comme terrain découvert encombré (403) ou forêt course facile (405). Des symboles 418 (grand arbre bien visible) et 419 (buisson bien visible ou petit arbre) peuvent être ajoutés.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course facile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of typical open runnable forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is runnable then no white should appear on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt ouverte, courable, tenant compte du type de terrain. Si aucune partie de la forêt n&apos;est courable, il ne doit pas y avoir de blanc sur la carte.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees (low visibility) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed.

Minimum width 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation>Zone avec une densité importante d&apos;arbres denses qui réduit la course à environ 60-80 % de la vitesse normale.

Taille minimum : 0,25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course ralentie, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Sous-bois : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, cut branches, etc.) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol shall not be combined with the symbol forest: slow running (406) or forest: difficult to run (408).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Zone de sous-bois dense mais présentant une bonne visibilité (ronces, buissons, arbustes, y compris branches coupées) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 60-80 % de la vitesse normale. Ce symbole ne peut pas être combiné avec 406 (forêt : course ralentie) et 408 (forêt : course difficile).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation>Zone d&apos;arbres denses ou de fourrés (visibilité faible) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408.1</comment>
        <translation>Forêt : course difficile, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>Sous-bois : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation>Zone de sous-bois dense mais présentant une bonne visibilité (ronces, buissons, arbustes, y compris branches coupées) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale. Ce symbole ne peut pas être combiné avec 406 (forêt : course ralentie) et 408 (forêt : course difficile).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>Végétation : course très difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced 1-20% of normal speed. 

Minimum width: 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation>Zone de végétation dens (arbres ou végétation au sol) difficilement pénétrable. La course est réduite à 1-20% de la vitesse normale. 

Taille minimum : 0,25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation, very difficult to run, minimum width (hedge)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, course très difficile, taille minimum (hachures)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest (406) runnable in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Forêt (406) pénétrable dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol (406) to show the direction with good runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone de forêt qui procure une bonne pénétrabilité dans une direction mais mauvaise dans les autres. Des hachures blanches sont mises sur le symbole (406) pour indiquer la direction de la pénétrabilité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest (408) runnable in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Forêt (408) pénétrable dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol (408) to show the direction with good runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone de forêt qui procure une bonne pénétrabilité dans une direction mais mauvaise dans les autres. Des hachures blanches sont mises sur le symbole (408) pour indiquer la direction de la pénétrabilité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest (410) runnable in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.3</comment>
        <translation>Forêt (410) pénétrable dans une direction</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol (410) to show the direction with good runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.3</comment>
        <translation>Zone de forêt qui procure une bonne pénétrabilité dans une direction mais mauvaise dans les autres. Des hachures blanches sont mises sur le symbole (408) pour indiquer la direction de la pénétrabilité.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Verger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to represent the direction of planting.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation>Terrain planté d&apos;arbres fruitiers ou d&apos;arbustes. Les lignes de points peuvent être orientées pour montrer la direction des plantations.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, one direction (e.g. Vineyard)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Verger, une direction (ex. vignoble)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes, with a distinct direction of planting which reduces the runnability. The green lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Terrain planté d&apos;arbres fruitiers ou d&apos;arbustes dans une direction définie qui réduira la pénétrabilité. Les lignes vertes seront orientées pour montrer la direction de la plantation.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>Limite de culture nette</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of symbol cultivated land (seasonally out of bounds) (415) when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is represented with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also represented with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation>La limite des terrains cultivés (415) est représentée par un trait noir, lorsqu&apos;elle n&apos;est pas déjà indiquée par un autre symbole (clôture, mur, sentier, etc.). Une limite permanente entre différents types de terrains cultivés est également représentée par ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land (seasonally out of bounds)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Un terrain cultivé dont la traversée est interdite selon la saison du fait de la croissance des plantations, peut être représenté par une trame de points noirs.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Limite de végétation distincte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest. For indistinct boundaries, the area edges are shown only by the change in colour and/or dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Une lisière de forêt ou une limite de végétation distincte très nette, à l&apos;intérieur de la forêt. Dans le cas de limites imprécises, elles sont montrées par le seul changement de couleur ou de trame.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent large tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>Grand arbre remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent single tree.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation>Grand arbre remarquable.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent bush or small tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Buisson remarquable ou petit arbre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bush or a tree with a trunk less than 0.5 m diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Un buisson, ou un arbre dont le tronc fait moins de 0,5 m de diamètre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>Détail de végétation remarquable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vegetation feature which is significant or prominent. The definition of the symbol shall always be given in the map legend. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier de la végétation significatif ou bien visible. La définition du symbole devra figurer dans la légende de la carte. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable vegetation &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 421</comment>
        <translation>Végétation infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is impassable or which shall not be crossed, due to forbidden access or because it may constitute a danger to the competitor.
 
Minimum width: 0.4 mm.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross impassable vegetation!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 421</comment>
        <translation>Zone de végétation dense (arbres ou végétation au sol) qui est infranchissable ou ne DOIT être franchie, à cause de l&apos;interdiction de son accès ou parce qu&apos;elle peut constituer un danger pour le coureur.
 
Taille minimum : 0,4 mm.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une telle zone ! 
Les concurrents ne respectant pas cette règle seront disqualifiés.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable vegetation, minimum width (hedge)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 421.1</comment>
        <translation>Végétation infranchissable, taille minimum (hachures)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, urban, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Sentier urbain non pavé, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface. The density of the brown fill-in shall be the same as the density chosen for the symbol (529).

To improve the legibility of this symbol in non-urban parts of the map, the line width shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be increased from 0.07 mm to 0.14 mm, and the brown fill-in shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban parts of the map, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban parts of the map.

Colour: black, brown 0%(white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (min.60lines/cm) (non-urban); the colour and the line width shall be the same as for the symbols paved area (529) and step or edge of paved areas (529.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non pavé ou trace de véhicule constituant un passage possible à pied, par opposition à une surface plane et dure. La densité du remplissage en brun devra être la même que celle choisie pour le symbole 529 (zone pavée). 

Pour améliorer la lisibilité de ce symbole dans les parties non-urbaines de la carte, l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne peut dans ces zones non-urbaines être augmentée de 0.07 à 0.14 mm et le remplissage en brun rendu plus foncé. Si un remplissage (x %) est utilisé dans les parties urbaines, un brun (x + 20 %) pourra être utilisé en zone non-urbaine de la carte.

Couleur : noir, brun 0 (blanc),10 %, 20 % ou 30 % (zone urbaine) / 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 % (zone non-urbaine) - (min 60 lignes / cm); la couleur et l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne devront être les mêmes quepour les symboles 529 (zone 
pavée) ou 529.1 (escalier en zone pavée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, urban, 0.55mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Sentier urbain non pavé, épaisseur : 0,55mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface. The density of the brown fill-in shall be the same as the density chosen for the symbol (529).

To improve the legibility of this symbol in non-urban parts of the map, the line width shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be increased from 0.07 mm to 0.14 mm, and the brown fill-in shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban parts of the map, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban parts of the map.

Colour: black, brown 0%(white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (min.60lines/cm) (non-urban); the colour and the line width shall be the same as for the symbols paved area (529) and step or edge of paved areas (529.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non pavé ou trace de véhicule constituant un passage possible à pied, par opposition à une surface plane et dure. La densité du remplissage en brun devra être la même que celle choisie pour le symbole 529 (zone pavée). 

Pour améliorer la lisibilité de ce symbole dans les parties non-urbaines de la carte, l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne peut dans ces zones non-urbaines être augmentée de 0.07 à 0.14 mm et le remplissage en brun rendu plus foncé. Si un remplissage (x %) est utilisé dans les parties urbaines, un brun (x + 20 %) pourra être utilisé en zone non-urbaine de la carte.

Couleur : noir, brun 0 (blanc),10 %, 20 % ou 30 % (zone urbaine) / 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 % (zone non-urbaine) - (min 60 lignes / cm); la couleur et l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne devront être les mêmes quepour les symboles 529 (zone 
pavée) ou 529.1 (escalier en zone pavée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, non-urban, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non-urbain non pavé, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface. The density of the brown fill-in shall be the same as the density chosen for the symbol (529).

To improve the legibility of this symbol in non-urban parts of the map, the line width shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be increased from 0.07 mm to 0.14 mm, and the brown fill-in shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban parts of the map, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban parts of the map.

Colour: black, brown 0%(white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (min.60lines/cm) (non-urban); the colour and the line width shall be the same as for the symbols paved area (529) and step or edge of paved areas (529.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non pavé ou trace de véhicule constituant un passage possible à pied, par opposition à une surface plane et dure. La densité du remplissage en brun devra être la même que celle choisie pour le symbole 529 (zone pavée). 

Pour améliorer la lisibilité de ce symbole dans les parties non-urbaines de la carte, l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne peut dans ces zones non-urbaines être augmentée de 0.07 à 0.14 mm et le remplissage en brun rendu plus foncé. Si un remplissage (x %) est utilisé dans les parties urbaines, un brun (x + 20 %) pourra être utilisé en zone non-urbaine de la carte.

Couleur : noir, brun 0 (blanc),10 %, 20 % ou 30 % (zone urbaine) / 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 % (zone non-urbaine) - (min 60 lignes / cm); la couleur et l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne devront être les mêmes quepour les symboles 529 (zone 
pavée) ou 529.1 (escalier en zone pavée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unpaved footpath or track, non-urban, 0.55mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506.1.4</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non-urbain non pavé, épaisseur : 0,55mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unpaved footpath or rough vehicle track is a way for passing mainly by foot, without a smooth, hard surface. The density of the brown fill-in shall be the same as the density chosen for the symbol (529).

To improve the legibility of this symbol in non-urban parts of the map, the line width shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be increased from 0.07 mm to 0.14 mm, and the brown fill-in shall, in the non-urban parts of the map, be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban parts of the map, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban parts of the map.

Colour: black, brown 0%(white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (min.60lines/cm) (non-urban); the colour and the line width shall be the same as for the symbols paved area (529) and step or edge of paved areas (529.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506.1.4</comment>
        <translation>Sentier non pavé ou trace de véhicule constituant un passage possible à pied, par opposition à une surface plane et dure. La densité du remplissage en brun devra être la même que celle choisie pour le symbole 529 (zone pavée). 

Pour améliorer la lisibilité de ce symbole dans les parties non-urbaines de la carte, l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne peut dans ces zones non-urbaines être augmentée de 0.07 à 0.14 mm et le remplissage en brun rendu plus foncé. Si un remplissage (x %) est utilisé dans les parties urbaines, un brun (x + 20 %) pourra être utilisé en zone non-urbaine de la carte.

Couleur : noir, brun 0 (blanc),10 %, 20 % ou 30 % (zone urbaine) / 20 %, 30 %, 40 %, 50 % (zone non-urbaine) - (min 60 lignes / cm); la couleur et l&apos;épaisseur de la ligne devront être les mêmes quepour les symboles 529 (zone 
pavée) ou 529.1 (escalier en zone pavée).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small unpaved footpath or track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>Sentier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small unpaved footpath or track. Not to be used in urban areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation>Petit sentier non pavé ou une trace. Ne pas utiliser en zone urbaine.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct path or forestry extraction track. Not to be used in urban areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Sentier peu distinct ou trace d&apos;exploitation forestière. Ne pas utiliser en zone urbaine.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Layon étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride is a linear break in the forest (usually in a plantation), which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, the symbol small unpaved footpath or track (506.1) shall be used. Not to be used in urban areas.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Un layon est une ouverture rectiligne dans une forêt (habituellement une plantation) qui ne comporte pas de sentier distinct. Lorsqu&apos;il y a un sentier le long d&apos;un layon, le symbole 507 (petit sentier non pavé ou trace) doit être utilisé. Ne doit pas être utilisé en zone urbaine.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Pont, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Un pont est une structure qui enjambe une rivière, un gouffre, une route, etc .. et en permet le franchissement.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Pont, un côté</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bridge is a structure spanning and permitting passage over a river, chasm, road or the like.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Un pont est une structure qui enjambe une rivière, un gouffre, une route, etc .. et en permet le franchissement.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515.1</comment>
        <translation>Chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway is a permanent track laid with rails on which locomotives, carriages or wagons can travel. If it is forbidden to cross or run along the railroad, the forbidden area around the railway shall be represented with symbol area with forbidden access (528.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515.1</comment>
        <translation>Une voie ferrée est une piste permanente avec des rails où circulent des locomotives et wagons. S&apos;il est interdit de la franchir ou de la longer, la zone interdite doit être représentée avec le symbole 528.1 (zone d&apos;accès interdit).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tramway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515.2</comment>
        <translation>Ligne de tramway</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tramway is a public vehicle running regularly along certain streets, usually on rails. The track can be easily crossed by the competitor. Tramways are generally not represented. However, if they serve navigation or orientation, they can be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515.2</comment>
        <translation>Un tramway est un véhicule public circulant régulièrement le long de certaines routes, habituellement sur des rails. La voie peut facilement être traversée par le coureur. Les rails de tramways ne seront en général pas représentés, sauf s&apos;ils peuvent servir à la navigation et à l&apos;orientation.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, téléphérique ou remonte-pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>ligne électrique, téléphérique ou remonte-pente. Les tirets indiquent la position exacte des pylônes.

&lt;b&gt;Note : appuyer sur espace en utilisant ce symbole active le placement de piliers à chaque clic.&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.

Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape or with the symbol high tower (535). In this case, the cable lines can be left out (the map shows only the pylons).

&lt;b&gt;Note: When drawing this symbol, press space to toggle placing the pylon symbols at new nodes.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes à haute tension sont représentées par une ligne double. L&apos;intervalle entre ces lignes peut représenter la puissance de la ligne à haute tension.

Les pylônes très importants seront représentés en plan ou avec le symbole 535 (haute tour), auquel cas les lignes des cables peuvent être omises (la carte montre uniquement les pylônes).

&lt;b&gt;Note : appuyer sur espace en utilisant ce symbole active le placement de pylones à chaque clic.&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Underpass or tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage souterrain ou tunnel</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An underpass or a tunnel is a passage running underneath the ground, especially a passage for pedestrians or vehicles, crossing under for instance a railroad or a road.

&lt;span style=&quot;color: magenta&quot;&gt;If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with the symbol crossing point (708) or crossing section (708.1)!&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation>Un passage souterrain ou un tunnel est situé sous le niveau du sol, spécialement prévu pour les piétons ou véhicule traversant par exemple une voie ferrée ou une route.

&lt;span style=&quot;color: magenta&quot;&gt;Si des passages souterrains ou des tunnels doivent être utilisés pendant une compétition, ils seront complétés du symbole 708 (point de passage) ou 708.1 (section de passage) !&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Mur de pierre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone faced bank. This symbol shall be used only in non-urban areas. If such a wall is higher than 2 m, it shall be represented with the symbol impassable wall (521.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Un mur de pierre avec face en pierre. Ce symbole sera uniquement utilisé en zone non-urbaine. Si sa hauteur est supérieure à 2 m, il devra être représenté par le symbole 521.1 (mur infranchissable).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Mur franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall or retaining wall is a construction made of stone, brick, concrete etc., which can be passed. This symbol is suitable for urban areas. If such a wall is higher than 2 m, it shall be represented with the symbol impassable wall (521.1). Wide walls shall be drawn in plan shape.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Un mur franchissable ou mur de soutènement est une contruction en pierre, briques, béton, etc. qui peut être franchie. Ce symbole convient en zone urbaine. Si sa hauteur est supérieure à 2 m, il devra être représenté par le symbole 521.1 (mur infranchissable). De larges murs devront être dessinés en plan, selon leur forme.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable wall, plan shape</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Mur franchissable, plan</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable wall or retaining wall is a construction made of stone, brick, concrete etc., which can be passed. This symbol is suitable for urban areas. If such a wall is higher than 2 m, it shall be represented with the symbol (521.1). Wide walls shall be drawn in plan shape.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Un mur franchissable ou mur de soutènement est une contruction en pierre, briques, béton, etc. qui peut être franchie. Ce symbole convient en zone urbaine. Si sa hauteur est supérieure à 2 m, il devra être représenté par le symbole 521.1 (mur infranchissable). De larges murs devront être dessinés en plan, selon leur forme.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Mur infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable wall or retaining wall is a wall, which fulfill the function of an enclosure or solid barrier. It shall not be crossed, due to forbidden access or because it may constitute a danger to the competitor due to its height. Very wide impassable walls shall be drawn in plan shape and represented with the symbol building (526.1).

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable wall!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Un mur infranchissable ou mur de soutènement qui présente les fonction d&apos;encercler une zone ou de constituer une barrière. Il ne peut être franchi soit parce que la zone est interdite d&apos;accès, soit parce que sa hauteur peut constituer un danger pour le coureur. Des murs infranchissables très larges seront dessinés en plan selon leur forme et représentés par le symbole 526.1 (bâtiment).

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir un tel mur !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall, plan shape &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Mur infranchissable, plan &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable wall or retaining wall is a wall, which fulfill the function of an enclosure or solid barrier. It shall not be crossed, due to forbidden access or because it may constitute a danger to the competitor due to its height. Very wide impassable walls shall be drawn in plan shape and represented with the symbol building (526.1).

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable wall!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Un mur infranchissable ou mur de soutènement qui présente les fonction d&apos;encercler une zone ou de constituer une barrière. Il ne peut être franchi soit parce que la zone est interdite d&apos;accès, soit parce que sa hauteur peut constituer un danger pour le coureur. Des murs infranchissables très larges seront dessinés en plan selon leur forme et représentés par le symbole 526.1 (bâtiment).

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir un tel mur !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable fence or railing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Clôture ou balustrade</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable fence is a barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood. It is used to prevent entrance or to confine or mark a boundary. A railing is a fencelike barrier composed of one or more horizontal rails supported by widely spaced upright poles, usually it can be slipped through.

If a fence or railing is higher than 2 m or very difficult to cross, it shall be represented with the symbol impassable fence or railing (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Une clôture franchissable est une barrière qui entoure ou borde un champ, terrain, etc ... habituellement réalisée avec des piquets et du fil de fer ou du bois. Elle est utilisée pour empêcher l&apos;entrée ou délimiter une zone. Une palissade est une barrière composée d&apos;un ou de plusieurs rails (planches) soutenus par des piquets largement espacés, entre lesquels il est possible de se glisser.

Si la hauteur est supérieure à 2 m, ou la clôture très difficile à franchir, l&apos;élément devra être représenté par le symbole 524 (clôture ou palissade infranchissable).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence or railing &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Clôture ou balustrade infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable fence or railing, which shall not be crossed, due to forbidden access or because it may constitute a danger to the competitor because of its height.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable fence or railing!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Une clôture ou palissade infranchissable qui ne peut être franchie suite à une interdiction d&apos;accès ou parce que sa hauteur constitue un danger pour le coureur.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une clôture ou une palissade infranchissable !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point is a gap or an opening in a fence, railing or wall, which can easily be crossed by a competitor. Small gaps or openings which can not easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage est un intervalle ou une ouverture dans une clôture, une palissade, un mur qui peut être facilement franchi par le coureur. De petits passages qui ne peuvent être facilement franchis ne doivent pas être représentés sur la carte et doivent être fermés durant la compétition.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to pass through or over)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>Construction infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(accès interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof. Buildings within symbol area with forbidden access (527.1) may just be represented in a simplified manner.Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. 

The minimum gap between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. The black screen percentage should be chosen according to the terrain. A dark screen gives a better contrast to passable areas, such as streets, stairways and canopies, while a light screen makes contours and course overprint more clearly visible (which can be important in very densely built up urban terrain and in steep urban terrain). The black screen shall be the same for the whole map. 

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to pass through or over a building! 
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment est une construction permanente avec un toit. Les bâtiment à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;une zone d&apos;accès interdit (528.1) peuvent être représentés d&apos;une manière simplifiée. Les zones entièrement contenues à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;un bâtiment seront dessinées comme en faisant partie.

L&apos;intervalle minimal entre des bâtiment ou entre un bâtiment et d&apos;autres éléments infranchissables est de 0.40 mm. Le pourcentage de la trame noire sera choisie en fonction du terrain. Une trame foncée apporte un contraste meilleur aux zones franchissables (routes, escaliers, auvents) alors qu&apos;une trame plus claire rendra plus visible les courbes de niveau et les surimpressions de parcours (ce qui peut être important dans des zones urbaines avec une grande densité de constructions ou en terrain urbain escarpé). La trame noire doit être identique sur la totalité de la carte.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de traverser ou de passer au-dessus d&apos;un batîment !
Le concurrent qui ne respete pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building helper 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Construction, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Do not use this symbol on its own!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Ne pas utiliser ce symbole en tant que tel !</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building helper 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Construction, aide 2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Do not use this symbol on its own!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Ne pas utiliser ce symbole en tant que tel !</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to pass through or over)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Construction, taille minimum &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(accès interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is a relatively permanent construction having a roof. Buildings within symbol area with forbidden access (527.1) may just be represented in a simplified manner.Areas totally contained within a building shall be mapped as being a part of the building. 

The minimum gap between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features shall be 0.40 mm. The black screen percentage should be chosen according to the terrain. A dark screen gives a better contrast to passable areas, such as streets, stairways and canopies, while a light screen makes contours and course overprint more clearly visible (which can be important in very densely built up urban terrain and in steep urban terrain). The black screen shall be the same for the whole map. 

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to pass through or over a building! 
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Un bâtiment est une construction permanente avec un toit. Les bâtiment à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;une zone d&apos;accès interdit (528.1) peuvent être représentés d&apos;une manière simplifiée. Les zones entièrement contenues à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;un bâtiment seront dessinées comme en faisant partie.

L&apos;intervalle minimal entre des bâtiment ou entre un bâtiment et d&apos;autres éléments infranchissables est de 0.40 mm. Le pourcentage de la trame noire sera choisie en fonction du terrain. Une trame foncée apporte un contraste meilleur aux zones franchissables (routes, escaliers, auvents) alors qu&apos;une trame plus claire rendra plus visible les courbes de niveau et les surimpressions de parcours (ce qui peut être important dans des zones urbaines avec une grande densité de constructions ou en terrain urbain escarpé). La trame noire doit être identique sur la totalité de la carte.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de traverser ou de passer au-dessus d&apos;un batîment !
Le concurrent qui ne respete pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.2</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A canopy is a building construction (with a roof), normally supported by pillars, poles or walls, such as passages, gangways, courts, bus stops, gas stations or garages. 

Small passable parts of buildings which can not easily be crossed by competitors, shall not be represented on the map and shall be closed during the competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.2</comment>
        <translation>Un passage couvert est une construction (avec un toit) généralement soutenue par des piliers, piquets ou murs, telle que des passages, couloir, cour, arrêts de bus, stations d&apos;essence, garage. 

De petites parties de bâtiments qui ne peuvent être franchies facilement par les coureurs ne seront pas représentées et seront fermées durant la compétition.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy helper 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.2.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Do not use this symbol on its own!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.2.1</comment>
        <translation>Ne pas utiliser ce symbole en tant que tel !</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Canopy helper 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.2.2</comment>
        <translation>Passage couvert, aide 2</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Do not use this symbol on its own!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.2.2</comment>
        <translation>Ne pas utiliser ce symbole en tant que tel !</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.3</comment>
        <translation>Pilier</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pillar is an upright shaft or structure of stone, brick or other material, relatively slender in proportion to its height and any shape in section, used as a building support. Pillars smaller than 2 m × 2 m are generally not represented.

Columns of pillars and pillars along buildings are not represented. However, if they are important for navigation and orientation, they can be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526.3</comment>
        <translation>Un pilier est un axe vertical ou une structure de pierre, brique ou autre matériau, relativement mince par rapport à sa hauteur, et de n&apos;importe quelle forme, utilisé pour soutenir un bâtiment. Les piliers de moins de 2 x 2 m ne seront généralement pas représentés.

Les colonnes et piliers le long des bâtiments ne sont pas représentés. Ils peuvent cependant l&apos;être s&apos;ils sont important pour la navigation et l&apos;orientation.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area with forbidden access &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with forbidden access such as a private area, a flower bed, a railway area etc. No feature shall be represented in this area, except very prominent features such as railways, large buildings, or very large trees. Road entrances shall be represented clearly.

Areas with forbidden access totally contained within buildings shall be mapped as being a part of the building.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an area with forbidden access!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite est, par exemple, une propriété privée, un parterre de fleurs, une zone de rails, etc. Aucun élément à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;une telle zone ne sera représenté, excepté les éléments très visibles tels les rails, les grands bâtiments, les très grands arbres. 

Les accès routiers seront clairement représentés. Si ces zones ont entièrement contenues à l&apos;intérieur d&apos;un bâtiment, elles seront dessinées comme en faisant partie.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une zone interdite !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone non-urbaine pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: black, brown 0%(white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (min.60lines/cm) (non-urban); the colour and the line width shall be the same as for the symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area with border, urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone urbaine pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, urban, 0.35mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.3</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, urbaine épaisseur : 0,35 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.3</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, urban, 0.55mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.4</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, urbaine, épaisseur : 0,55mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.4</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, urban, 0.7mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.5</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, urbaine, épaisseur : 0,7mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.5</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, urban, 0.9mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.6</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, urbaine, épaisseur : 0,9 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.6</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, non-urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.7</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée, non-urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.7</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area with border, non-urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.8</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure, non-urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.8</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, non-urban, 0.35mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.9</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, non-urbaine, épaisseur : 0,35 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.9</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, non-urban, 0.55mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.10</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, non-urbaine, épaisseur : 0,55 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.10</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, non-urban, 0.7mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.11</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, non-urbaine, épaisseur : 0,7 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.11</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved road, footpath or track, non-urban, 0.9mm width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.0.12</comment>
        <translation>Route, sentier, piste pavée, non-urbaine, épaisseur : 0,9 mm</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A paved area is an area with a firm level surfaces such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. It shall be bordered (or framed) by the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1). Distinct differences within the paved area can be represented with the symbol step or edge of paved area (529.1), if they serve navigation.

Where a paved road, footpath or track goes through a non-urban area, the brown fill-in shall be drawn darker, so that if (x)% brown is used in urban areas, (x+20)% brown shall be used in the non-urban areas, and the line width of the black outline shall be increased from 0.07 to 0.14 mm. The black border line can be omitted where it is logical (e.g. indistinct/gradual gravel-to-grass transitions).

Colour: brown 0 (white), 10%, 20% or 30% (urban) / 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% (non-urban) (min. 60 lines/cm), black; the colour and the line width shall be the same as for symbol unpaved footpath or track (506.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.0.12</comment>
        <translation>Une zone qui possède un surface ferme, comme l’asphalte, gravier tassé, carrelage, béton ou similaire. Elle doit être bordée (ou encadrée) avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée). Les différences visibles à l’intérieur de la zone pavée peuvent être représentées avec le symbole 529.1 (marche ou bord de zone pavée) si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. 

Lorsqu’une route, chemin piétonnier ou trace en dur traverse une zone non-urbaine le remplissage brun doit être plus foncé, de façon à ce que si (x)% de brun est utilisé pour ces zones urbaines, (x + 20 %) sera utilisé pour les zones non-urbaines et l’épaisseur de la ligne extérieure noire sera augmentée de 0,07 mm à 0,14 mm. La limite noire peut être omise lorsque c’est logique (par ex. transitions peu distinctes ou progressives entre gravier et herbe).

Couleur : brun 0 (blanc), 10%, 20%, 30% (urbain), 20%, 30%,40%,50% (non-urbain) (min. 60 lignes/cm), noir : la couleur et l’épaisseur de la ligne doivent être similaires au symbole 506.1 (chemin non pavé ou trace).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Step or edge of paved area, urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Bord de zone pavée et marches d&apos;escalier, zone urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A step or an edge of a paved area. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner. Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation. The thickness of edge of paved areas shall be enlarged to 0.14 mm in non-urban areas to improve legibility. The thickness of step lines shall always be 0.07 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Une marche d&apos;escalier ou un bord de zone pavée. Les marches d’escalier doivent être représentés d’une manière générale. Les bords à l’intérieur des zones pavées ne sont généralement pas représentées sauf si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. L’épaisseur des bords des zones pavées sera portée à 0,14 mm pour les zones non-urbaines afin d’améliorer la lisibilité. L’épaisseur de ligne des marches sera toujours de 0,07 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Step or edge of paved area, non-urban</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Bord de zone pavée et marches d&apos;escalier, zone non-urbaine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A step or an edge of a paved area. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner. Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation. The thickness of edge of paved areas shall be enlarged to 0.14 mm in non-urban areas to improve legibility. The thickness of step lines shall always be 0.07 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.1.2</comment>
        <translation>Une marche d&apos;escalier ou un bord de zone pavée. Les marches d’escalier doivent être représentés d’une manière générale. Les bords à l’intérieur des zones pavées ne sont généralement pas représentées sauf si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. L’épaisseur des bords des zones pavées sera portée à 0,14 mm pour les zones non-urbaines afin d’améliorer la lisibilité. L’épaisseur de ligne des marches sera toujours de 0,07 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Step or edge of paved area, narrow stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Bord de zone pavée et marches d&apos;escalier, escalier étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A step or an edge of a paved area. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner. Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation. The thickness of edge of paved areas shall be enlarged to 0.14 mm in non-urban areas to improve legibility. The thickness of step lines shall always be 0.07 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.1.3</comment>
        <translation>Une marche d&apos;escalier ou un bord de zone pavée. Les marches d’escalier doivent être représentés d’une manière générale. Les bords à l’intérieur des zones pavées ne sont généralement pas représentées sauf si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. L’épaisseur des bords des zones pavées sera portée à 0,14 mm pour les zones non-urbaines afin d’améliorer la lisibilité. L’épaisseur de ligne des marches sera toujours de 0,07 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Step or edge of paved area, wide stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1.4</comment>
        <translation>Bord de zone pavée et marches d&apos;escalier, escalier large</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A step or an edge of a paved area. Steps of a stairway shall be represented in a generalized manner. Edges within paved areas are generally not represented, unless they serve navigation. The thickness of edge of paved areas shall be enlarged to 0.14 mm in non-urban areas to improve legibility. The thickness of step lines shall always be 0.07 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529.1.4</comment>
        <translation>Une marche d&apos;escalier ou un bord de zone pavée. Les marches d’escalier doivent être représentés d’une manière générale. Les bords à l’intérieur des zones pavées ne sont généralement pas représentées sauf si elles sont utiles à l’orientation. L’épaisseur des bords des zones pavées sera portée à 0,14 mm pour les zones non-urbaines afin d’améliorer la lisibilité. L’épaisseur de ligne des marches sera toujours de 0,07 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>Conduite franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation>Une conduite (gaz, eau, pétrole, etc.) au-dessus du niveau du sol et qui peut être franchie par-dessus ou par-dessous.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable pipeline &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>Conduite infranchissable &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which shall not be crossed, due to forbidden access or because it may constitute a danger to the competitor because of its height.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an impassable pipeline!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation>Une conduite (gaz, eau, pétrole, etc.) au-dessus du niveau du sol et qui ne peut être franchie à cause d&apos;un accès interdit ou parce qu&apos;elle peut constituer un danger pour le coureur de par sa hauteur.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une telle conduite !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>Haute tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. Very large towers shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol building (526.1). The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation>Une haute tour ou un grand pylône. Des tours importantes seront représentées en plan selon leur forme en utilisant le symbole 526.1 (bâtiment). Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation>Une petite tour, affût de chasse, petite plateforme ou un siège. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial, small monument or boundary stone more than 0.5 m high. Large massive monuments shall be represented in plan shape with the symbol building (526.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>Borne, monument, ou limite de frontière de plus de 0.5 m de haut. Des monuments importants seront représentés en plan selon leur forme en utilisant le symbole 526.1 (bâtiment).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack, which is free standing or attached to a tree. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>Une mangeoire libre, ou attachée à un arbre. Le symbole est orienté au nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>Éléments particuliers dus à l&apos;homme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made feature which is significant or prominent. The definition of the symbol shall always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>Un élément particulier dû à l&apos;homme, bien visible et significatif. La définition doit figurer dans la légende de la carte.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>Éléments particuliers dus à l&apos;homme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made feature which is significant or prominent. The definition of the symbol shall always be given in the map legend. The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>Un élément particulier dû à l&apos;homme, bien visible et significatif. La définition doit figurer dans la légende de la carte.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line - black</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5 000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground. 

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, black with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, noir avec flèche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5 000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground. 

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.

&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc.

&lt;b&gt;Note : ceci est ajout non-standard au jeu de symboles.&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern - black</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.3</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du nord magnétique, noir, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground.

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. Cut holes in the pattern to create these breaks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.3</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc. Pour cela, créer un vide dans l&apos;objet.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.4</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5 000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground.

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.4</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue, with arrow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.5</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu avec flèche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5 000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground. 

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc.

&lt;b&gt;Note: this is a non-standard addition to the symbol set.&lt;/b&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.5</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc.

&lt;b&gt;Note : ceci est ajout non-standard au jeu de symboles.&lt;/b&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.0.6</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du nord magnétique, bleu, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing shall be 30 mm on the 1:5 000 map so they represent 150 m on the ground. 

North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. Cut holes in the pattern to create these breaks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.0.6</comment>
        <translation>Les lignes du nord magnétique sont placées sur la carte, dirigées vers le nord magnétique. Leur intervalle doit être de 30 mm à l&apos;échelle 1:5000 et 37,5 mm pour l’échelle 1:4000 ce qui représente 150 m sur le terrain pour les deux échelles.

Les lignes du nord peuvent être interrompues lorsqu‘elles cachent un petit élément comme rochers, buttes, falaises, jonction de ruisseaux, extrémités de sentiers, etc. Pour cela, créer un vide dans l&apos;objet.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>Croix de centrage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks shall be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical arrangement. In addition, a colour check should be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation>Au minimum trois croix de centrage doivent être placées à l&apos;intérieur du cadre de la carte, en position non-symétrique. Des contrôles de couleur additionnels sont également possibles.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude, point</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude, altitude</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Le départ, (ou le point de la prise de carte s&apos;il ne s&apos;agit pas du départ) est représenté par un triangle équilatéral qui pointe dans la direction du premier poste. Le centre de ce triangle montre la position exacte du point de départ.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Les postes de contrôle sont représentés par des cercles. Le centre du cercle doit indiquer la position exacte de l&apos;élément. Des sections du cercle peuvent être éliminées à condition de ne masquer aucun détail important.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Le numéro du poste est placé à proximité du cercle, de telle manière qu&apos;il ne masque aucun détail important. Ces numéros sont orientés vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Ligne interposte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Lorsque les contrôles doivent être parcourus dans un ordre défini, le départ, les postes et l&apos;arrivée sont réunis par des traits. Des sections de ligne peuvent être éliminées pour ne pas masquer des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Un itinéraire balisé est indiqué sur la carte par des traits interrompus.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>L&apos;arrivée est représentée par deux cercles concentriques.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite interdite &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross. Uncrossable boundaries shall be mapped by using the symbols: impassable cliff (201), impassable body of water (304.1), impassable marsh (309), impassable wall (521.1), impassable fence or railing (524) or impassable pipeline (534) and shall not be overprinted with symbol uncrossable boundary (707). This symbol is to be used only for last minute updates to the competition area, as excessive use of purple for indicating barriers is unfortunate.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an uncrossable boundary!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Une limite dont le franchissement est interdit. Les limites infranchissables seront cartographiées en utilisant les symboles 201 (falaise infanchissable), 304.1 (étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable), 309 (marais infranchissable), 521.1 (mur infranchissable), 524 (clôture ou palissade infranchissable) ou 534 (conduite infranchissable) et ne seront pas sur-imprimées avec ce symbole 707. Celui-ci sera uniquement utilisé en dernière minute pour mettre à jour la zone de compétition. Un emploi excessif de violet pour indiquer les obstacles est en effet inadéquat.

A boundary which it is not permitted to cross. Uncrossable boundaries shall be mapped by using the symbols: impassable cliff (201), impassable body of water (304.1), impassable marsh (309), impassable wall (521.1), impassable fence or railing (524) or impassable pipeline (534) and shall not be overprinted with symbol uncrossable boundary (707). This symbol is to be used only for last minute updates to the competition area, as excessive use of purple for indicating barriers is unfortunate.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une limite interdite !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cettre règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards. 

If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol crossing point (708) or crossing section (708.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage à travers ou au-dessus d&apos;un mur, d&apos;une clôture, le franchissement d&apos;une route, d&apos;un chemin de fer ou d&apos;un tunnel est représenté sur la carte par deux parenthèses inversées. 

Si de tels passages souterrains ou tunnels doivent être utilisés pendant une compétition, ils doivent être renforcés par le symbole 708 (point de passage) ou 708.1 (passage).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing section, one side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708.1</comment>
        <translation>Passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Acrossing section through or over a building, wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map as a linear object, according to the plan shape.

If underpasses or tunnels etc. are to be used in a competition, they shall be emphasized with symbol (708) or (708.1).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708.1</comment>
        <translation>Une section de passage à travers des bâtiments, murs ou clôture, ou la traversée d&apos;une route ou d&apos;une voie ferrée, ou tunnel ou la traversée d&apos;une zone interdite est cartographiée comme un objet linéaire selon sa forme en plan.

Si des passages souterrains ou tunnels, etc, doivent être utilisés en compétition, ils doivent être renforcés par le symbole 708 (point de passage) ou 708.1 (passage).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out of bounds areas are mapped with the symbol area with forbidden access (528.1). This symbol shall only be used for last minute updates to the competition map (e.g. for areas that may be dangerous for the competitors during the competition, or very late changes to the competition terrain).
An out-of-bounds area is shown with vertical stripes. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to cross an out-of-bounds area!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite est représentée avec le symbole 528.1 (zone d&apos;accès interdit). Ce symbole doit uniquement être utilisé pour une mise à jour de dernière minute (par ex. pour des zones qui peuvent être dangereuses pour le coureur, ou des modifications très tardives sur le terrain de compétition).
Une zone interdite est représentée par des hachures verticales. En l&apos;absence de limite naturelle, une ligne peut être ajoutée avec les conventions ci-après :
- une ligne continue indique que la zone est repérée de manière continue (banderole, etc) sur le terrain
- une ligne en tirets indique un repérage intermittent sur le terrain
- l&apos;absence de ligne indique qu&apos;il n&apos;y a aucun repérage sur le terrain.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de franchir une telle limite !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifié.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite,  ligne continue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Une ligne continue indique que la zone est repérée de manière continue (banderole, etc) sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite, ligne en tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Une ligne en tirets indique un repérage intermittent sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>La position d&apos;un poste de premiers soins.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>Poste de ravitaillement</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control or along the marked route.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>La position d&apos;un poste de ravitaillement quand il n&apos;est pas à un poste de contrôle ou le long d&apos;un itinéraire balisé.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Temporary construction or closed area &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(forbidden to cross)&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation>Construction temporaire ou zone fermée &lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;(franchissement interdit)&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Obvious temporary constructions like platforms for spectators and speaker, closed area for spectators, outside restaurant areas, etc. shall be represented in plan shape.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;It is forbidden to enter a temporary construction or closed area!
Competitors violating this rule will be disqualified.&lt;/span&gt;</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 714</comment>
        <translation>Des constructions temporaires bien visibles tels que les tribunes des spectateurs et du speaker, les zones fermées des spectateurs, les zones de restaurant extérieurs, etc. seront représentées selon leur forme en plan.

&lt;span style=&quot;color:magenta&quot;&gt;Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une construction temporaire ou une zone fermé !
Le concurrent qui ne respecte pas cette règle sera disqualifé.&lt;/span&gt;</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Simple course d&apos;orientation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.

Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un inconvénient de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISMTBOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Purple</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Brun 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black below light browns</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Brown</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">OpenOrienteering Orange</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Opaque Blue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Blue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 50%, Yellow</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>Vert sur Blanc sur vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque au dessus du vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Opaque Green</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green below light greens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">White over Yellow 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne passant par des points de même altitude. L&apos;équidistance habituelle entre deux courbes de niveau est 5 m (sur le terrain). L&apos;écart minimum entre deux courbes de niveau est 0,25 mm (sur la carte).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface. Where an index contour coincides with an area of much detail, it may be shown with a normal contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Tiret de pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les tirets de pente peuvent être ajoutés sur le côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, par exemple à l&apos;endroit d&apos;un rentrant ou d&apos;une dépression. Ils ne sont dessinés que si la compréhension de la carte nécessite de préciser le sens de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les courbes de niveau peuvent être cotées pour faciliter l&apos;évaluation de grandes différences de dénivelé. Elles sont insérées dans les courbes de niveau maîtresse, où elles ne dissimulent aucun détail. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings  or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A steep earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings  or embankments. The tags should show the full extent of the slope, but may be omitted if two banks are close together. Impassable banks should be drawn with symbol 201 (impassable cliff). The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre, important</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>La ligne d&apos;une abrupt de terre important peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, très haut, taille minimal</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>La ligne d&apos;une abrupt de terre important peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Utiliser ce symbole pour représenter l&apos;étendue de l&apos;abrupt de terre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée ou mur de terre distinct. Hauteur minimum 1 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench which is too small to be shown by symbol 106 is shown by a single line. The line width reflects the size of the gully. Minimum depth 1 m. The end of the line is pointed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable cliff, quarry or earth bank (see 106) is shown with a 0.35 mm line and downward tags showing its full extent from the top line to the foot. For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm). The tags may extend over an area symbol representing detail immediately below the rock face. When a rock face drops straight into water making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water&apos;s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags should clearly extend over the bank line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (Les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0.3 mm).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise infranchissable, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Utiliser ce symbole pour dessiner l&apos;étendue d&apos;une grande falaise.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rock pillars/cliffs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>In the case of unusual features such as rock pillars or massive cliffs or gigantic boulders, the rocks shall be shown in plan shape without tags.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Rocher</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct boulder (minimum height 1 m). Every boulder marked on the map should be immediately identifiable on the ground. To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulders with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 20% (diameter 0.5 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder fields / Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony or rocky ground which affects going should be shown on the map. The dots should be randomly distributed with density according to the amount of rock. A minimum of three dots should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain sablonneux découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of soft sandy ground or gravel with no vegetation and where running is slow. Where an area of sandy ground is open but running is good, it is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock without earth or vegetation is shown as bare rock. An area of rock covered with grass, moss or other low vegetation is shown as open land (401/402).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large areas of water are shown with this symbol (blue 50%). The colour of the bank line is blue 100 %.

Small areas of water should be shown with full colour. Use symbol 302 (&quot;Pond&quot; in ISOM).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (310.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lake, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small areas of water should be shown with full colour.

This is symbol &quot;302 Pond&quot; in ISOM, but is a variation of &quot;301 Lake&quot; in ISMTBOM.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Sa largeur devrait être d’au moins 2 m.
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable small watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse (including a major drainage ditch) less than 2 m wide. For better legibility a ditch in a marsh should be drawn as a crossable watercourse (305).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 306</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor water channel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Cours d&apos;eau naturel ou creusé qui peut ne contenir de l&apos;eau que par intermittence.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh which is uncrossable or dangerous for the runner. A blue line surrounds the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable marsh, usually with a distinct edge. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness. Where a small marsh area should be combined with either 403/404 it is permitted to use 401/402 to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special water feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A special small water feature. The definition of the symbol must always be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 314</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land, fields, meadows, grassland, etc. without trees, offering easy running. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert avec
arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Meadows with scattered trees or bushes, with grass or similar ground cover offering easy running. Areas smaller than 10 mm at the maps scale are shown as open land (401). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420). If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass. Symbol 403 may be combined with symbols 407 and 409 to show reduced runnability.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert
encombré avec arbres
dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where there are scattered trees in rough open land, areas of white (or green) should appear in the tone. Such an area may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large white dots in the yellow screen. Areas smaller than 16 mm in the maps scale are shown as rough open land (403). Individual trees may be added (418, 419, 420).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: good visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typically open forest for the particular type of terrain. Wherever a part of the forest is too dense to be traversed pushing or carrying a bicycle, no white should appear on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: reduced visibility</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees (low visibility) which reduces the speed of traversing the forest pushing or carrying a bicycle significantly or even makes it impossible to traverse.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Verger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with fruit trees or bushes. The dot lines may be orientated to show the
direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Vigne en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The green lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting. If yellow coloured areas becomes dominant, a screen (75%) instead of full yellow may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 418</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Symbols 418, 419 and 420 can be used for special small vegetation features. The definition of the symbol must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 420</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road with two carriageways. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road wider than 5m. The width of the symbol should be drawn to scale but not smaller than the minimum width. The outer boundary lines may be replaced with symbols 519, 521, 522 or 524 if a fence or wall is so close to the motorway edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road 3-5 m wide. The space between the black lines must be filled with brown (50%). A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track with stabilised surface, at least 1.5 m wide. Forest road or well-maintained track with no obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 831</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: fast riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well-maintained path narrower than 1.5 m wide. Smooth, clean path with no erosion or obstacles. Speed 75-100 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 832</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 833</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: medium riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide with some reduction in speed with the possibility of small obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Speed 50-75 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 834</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with obstacles that require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 835</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: slow riding</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path narrower than 1.5 m wide, with sufficient obstacles to require the riders to choose their way to avoid obstacles such as stones, rocks, ruts, grass, sand or mud. Possibility of rocky surfaces. Pedaling is more difficult, riding is slowed. Skilled/fit riders will pass. Less skilled/fit riders may have to dismount. Speed 25-50 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 836</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track at least 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud,
erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible to ride. Skilled/fit riders may be
required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 837</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Path: difficult to ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A path less than 1.5 m wide, with difficult obstacles such as roots, deep sand/mud, erosion or rocky steps. Very slow riding or impossible riding. Skilled/fit riders may be required to dismount. Speed max 25 %.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 838</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Layon étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Non-ridable narrow forest rides should be represented.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track (tramway, truckway, etc.).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, câble porteur, ou téléski</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars indicate the exact location of the pylons.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc. which may be used by the runner. This symbol is used whether or not the tunnel has a track leading to it.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This stone wall symbol should represent all visible walls. If a stone wall is forbidden to
cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boarded or wire fence higher than ca 1.5 m, not crossable to the average orienteer, eg. deer fence.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>All ways through or over high fences or walls must be indicated. The symbol may also be used for a gate through or stile over a stone wall (521) or a fence (524) or a pipeline (534).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Firing range</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A firing range is shown with a special symbol to indicate the need for caution. Associated buildings are individually marked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Grave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct grave marked by a stone or shrine. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. A cemetery is shown by using grave symbols as space permits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 532</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline which cannot be crossed. If an uncrossable pipeline is forbidden to cross, it shall be marked with the symbol 707 (uncrossable boundary).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 534</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Haute tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon, standing above the level of the surrounding forest. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious shooting platform or seat, or small tower. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fodder rack which is free standing or built on to a tree. Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol. For land access reasons these may be omitted.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. At the scale of 1:5000, 1:7500 and 1:10000 the spacing of north lines on the map should be 30 mm, while at the scale of 1:15000 and 1:20000 the spacing on the map should be 20 mm. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, cliffs, stream junctions, and path ends.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne du nord magnétique, bleu, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Croix de centrage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At least three registration marks must be placed within the frame of a map in a non-symmetrical position. In addition, a colour check should also be possible.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point d&apos;altitude, point</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (texte)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le départ, (ou le point de la prise de carte s&apos;il ne s&apos;agit pas du départ) est représenté par un triangle équilatéral qui pointe dans la direction du premier poste. Le centre de ce triangle montre la position exacte du point de départ.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les postes de contrôle sont représentés par des cercles. Le centre du cercle doit indiquer la position exacte de l&apos;élément. Des sections du cercle peuvent être éliminées à condition de ne masquer aucun détail important.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point with focus point (in MTBO maps)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) can be used when it is necessary to clarify the exact position of a control for instance in a dense track network. The focus point shall be used in case of necessity when the exact position of a control is not clear. A focus point helps to specify the exact track where a control is situated.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 840</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le numéro du poste est placé à proximité du cercle, de telle manière qu&apos;il ne masque aucun détail important. Ces numéros sont orientés vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne interposte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Lorsque les contrôles doivent être parcourus dans un ordre défini, le départ, les postes et l&apos;arrivée sont réunis par des traits. Des sections de ligne peuvent être éliminées pour ne pas masquer des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line. If the symbol is used instead
of symbol 704 before or after a control, it represents an obligatory route for the
competitors. The symbol can also be used in areas where off-track riding is forbidden
to represent allowed routes that are marked in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">L&apos;arrivée est représentée par deux cercles concentriques.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite qui n&apos;est pas permis de franchir.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage à travers ou sur un mur ou une clôture, ou traversant une route ou une voie de chemin de fer ou à travers un tunnel ou une zone interdite est dessiné sur la carte avec deux lignes incurvées vers l&apos;extérieur.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is shown with vertical stripes. A bounding line may be drawn. The areas which may be dangerous to competitors shall be presented by this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The
zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the
forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the
forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map
by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">La position d&apos;un poste de premiers soins.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de ravitaillement</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste boisson qui n’est pas un poste de contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous object across tracks or paths, stairs</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>These barriers must be highly visible on the map and should be overprinted in purple. The symbol should be used for all obstacles that are difficult to cross. For uncrossable barrier, symbol 844 shall be used. This symbol can be used for stairs. There is no particular stair symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 843</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable barrier / forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for all spots that are forbidden or impossible to pass, e.g. uncrossable barriers; fences or walls that are forbidden or impossible to cross; short sections of roads, tracks or paths that are forbidden to use (for longer sections, symbol 711 shall be used). In spots where two tracks or paths almost meet, but the situation is not obvious on the map, this symbol can be used to indicate that crossing is forbidden.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 844</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Simple course d&apos;orientation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.

Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un inconvénient de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau intermédiaire. Les courbes intermédiaires sont utilisées pour donner plus d&apos;information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe intermédiaire peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Une levée de terre en ruine ou moins facile à distinguer. 
Hauteur minimum 0,5 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (3,65 mm - 55m au sol).
Si la levée de terre est plus courte le dessin doit l’exagérer pour atteindre la longueur minimum ou il faut utiliser le symbole 105 (levée de terre).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petit ravin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench. Minimum depth 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound or rocky knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (diameter of mound less than ca. 5 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious elongated knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour (length less than 12 m and width less than 4 m). The height of the knoll should be a minimum of 1 m from the surrounding ground. Knolls larger than this must be shown by contours. The symbol may not be drawn in free form or such that two elongated knoll symbols overlap. The symbol may not touch a contour line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small shallow natural depressions and hollows (minimum diameter 2 m) which cannot be shown to scale by contours are represented by a semicircle. Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north. Symbol 116 is used for man-made pits.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pits and holes with distinct steep sides which cannot be shown to scale by symbol 106 (minimum diameter 2 m). Minimum depth from the surrounding ground should be 1 m. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain accidenté, léger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante les symboles de terrain accidentés (113 et 114).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, big</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The size of the dots may vary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special land form feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol can be used for a special small land form feature. The definition of the symbol must be given in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 118</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small vertical rock face (minimum height 1 m) may be shown without tags. If the direction of fall of the rock face is not apparent from the contours or to improve legibility, short tags should be drawn in the direction of the fall. For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For passable rock faces shown without tags the ends of the line may be rounded to improve legibility.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pits, holes or mineshafts which may constitute a danger to the runner. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Caverne ou grotte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cave is represented by the same symbol as a rocky pit. In this case the symbol should be orientated to point up the slope as indicated opposite. The centre of gravity of the symbol marks the opening.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Grand bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. For gigantic boulders symbol 202 should be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone rocheuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone rocheuse, grande</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The symbol is an equilateral triangle orientated to the north. To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder clusters with significant difference in size it is permitted to enlarge this symbol by 25% (1.0 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A water-filled pit or an area of water which is too small to be shown to scale. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, which is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marsh or trickle of water which is too narrow to be shown with symbol 310 (less than ca. 5 m wide).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An indistinct or seasonal marsh or area of gradual transition from marsh to firm ground, which is crossable. The edge is generally indistinct and the vegetation similar to that of the surrounding ground. The symbol should be combined with vegetation symbols to show runnability and openness.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wells and captive springs, which are clearly visible on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 312</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a stream with a distinct outflow. The symbol is orientated to open downstream.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une bonne visibilité et une capacité à courir réduite, du fait par exemple de végétation basse (ronces, buissons, arbustes, branches au sol). La vitesse de course est réduite à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 1,5 mm x 1 mm (22,5 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Forêt : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense trees or thicket (low visibility) which reduce running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone de sous-bois dense mais présentant une bonne visibilité (ronces, buissons, arbustes, y compris branches coupées) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale. Ce symbole ne peut pas être combiné avec 406 (forêt : course ralentie) et 408 (forêt : course difficile).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense vegetation (trees or undergrowth) which is barely passable. Running reduced to ca. 0-20% of normal speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: very difficult to run, impassable, line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line of minimum width for symbol 410.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 410.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 1</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 2</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, course possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Limite de culture nette</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundary of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.) is shown with a black line. A permanent boundary between different types of cultivated land is also shown with this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Un terrain cultivé dont la traversée est interdite selon la saison du fait de la croissance des plantations, peut être représenté par une trame de points noirs.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Limite de végétation distincte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or very distinct vegetation boundary within the forest.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Motorway, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major road, minimum width, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minor road, under construction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road under construction may be shown with broken lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. Width less than 3 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Chemin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A large path, or old vehicle track, which is distinct on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small path or (temporary) forest extraction track which can be followed at competition speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 507</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A less distinct small path or forestry extraction track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Layon étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct ride, less than ca. 5 m wide. A ride is a linear break in the forest (usually plantation) which does not have a distinct path along it. Where there is a path along a ride, symbols 507 or 508 should be used in place of symbol 509.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A footbridge with no path leading to it.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone wall or stone-faced bank.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Mur en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined stone wall may be shown by a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wooden or wire fence less than ca. 1.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Clôture en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A ruined fence may be shown with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Settlement</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Houses and gardens and other built up areas. Roads, buildings and other significant features within a settlement must be shown. If all buildings cannot be shown, an alternative symbol (black line screen) may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 527.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas which are permanently forbidden to the runner are shown as out of bounds. The screen is superimposed on the normal map detail. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Permanently out of bounds, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary (see 709).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 528.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The ground plan of a ruin is shown to scale, down to the minimum size shown opposite. Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, no dashes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>Ruine (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very small ruins may be drawn with a solid line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une conduite (gaz, eau, pétrole, etc.) au-dessus du niveau du sol et qui peut être franchie par-dessus ou par-dessous.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn, memorial stone or boundary stone (or a trigonometric point in some countries) more than 0.5 m high.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north. Their spacing on the map should be 33.33 mm which represents 500 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. For maps with other scales lines placing should be at intervals which represents a round number of meters (e.g. 50 m, 100 m, 250 m, 500 m) and the spacing should be between 20 mm and 40 mm on the map. North lines may be broken where they obscure small features such as boulders, knolls, cliffs, stream junctions, path ends, etc. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone interdite, ligne en tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne en tirets indique un repérage intermittent sur le terrain
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Zone dangereuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Une zone présentant un danger pour les compétiteurs est dessiné avec des hachures croisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Une route est interdite est surchargée par des croix.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Purple</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Brun 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below light browns</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black below light browns</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Brown</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">OpenOrienteering Orange</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Opaque Blue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Blue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Black 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 50%, Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 50%, Yellow</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green over White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation>Vert sur Blanc sur vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque White over Green</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation>Blanc opaque au dessus du vert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Opaque Green</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Opaque Green</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green below light greens</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Green below light greens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">White over Yellow 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Yellow 70%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne passant par des points de même altitude. L&apos;équidistance habituelle entre deux courbes de niveau est 5 m (sur le terrain). L&apos;écart minimum entre deux courbes de niveau est 0,25 mm (sur la carte).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 metres. The smallest bend in a contour is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne passant par des points de même altitude. L&apos;équidistance habituelle entre deux courbes de niveau est 5 m (sur le terrain). L&apos;écart minimum entre deux courbes de niveau est 0,25 mm (sur la carte).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An intermediate contour line. Form lines are used where more information can be given about the shape of the ground. They are used only where representation is not possible with ordinary contours. Only one form line may be used between neighbouring contours.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Courbe de niveau intermédiaire. Les courbes intermédiaires sont utilisées pour donner plus d&apos;information sur la forme du terrain. Elles ne seront utilisées que si les courbes de niveau ne peuvent donner une bonne représentation du terrain. Une seule courbe intermédiaire peut être dessinée entre deux courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Tiret de pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line, e.g. along the line of a re-entrant or in a depression. They are used only where it is necessary to clarify the direction of slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les tirets de pente peuvent être ajoutés sur le côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, par exemple à l&apos;endroit d&apos;un rentrant ou d&apos;une dépression. Ils ne sont dessinés que si la compréhension de la carte nécessite de préciser le sens de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour values may be included to aid assessment of large height differences. They are inserted in the index contours in positions where other detail is not obscured. The figures should be orientated so that the top of the figure is on the higher side of the contour.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les courbes de niveau peuvent être cotées pour faciliter l&apos;évaluation de grandes différences de dénivelé. Elles sont insérées dans les courbes de niveau maîtresse, où elles ne dissimulent aucun détail. Les chiffres sont orientés avec leur sommet en amont de la pente.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre, important</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1</comment>
        <translation>La ligne d&apos;une abrupt de terre important peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, very high, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, très haut, taille minimal</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The line width of very high earth banks may be 0.25 mm.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.1.1</comment>
        <translation>La ligne d&apos;une abrupt de terre important peut être égal à 0.25 mm.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Abrupt de terre, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 106.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Utiliser ce symbole pour représenter l&apos;étendue de l&apos;abrupt de terre.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height is 1 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Levée ou mur de terre distinct. Hauteur minimum 1 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 mm (30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short, e.g. narrow passages between cliffs (the passage should be drawn with a width of at least 0.3 mm).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Pour des faces verticales, les tirets peuvent être omis s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas assez de place, par ex. un passage étroit entre des falaises. (Les passages doivent être représentés par une largeur d&apos;au moins 0.3 mm).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise infranchissable, tiret</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Utiliser ce symbole pour dessiner l&apos;étendue d&apos;une grande falaise.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.0.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be used if the direction of fall of the rock face is apparent from the contours and the legibility is good.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 203.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Doit être utilisé si le sens de la pente est évident d&apos;après les courbes de niveau.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Passable rock face, no tags, rounded, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 203.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Falaise franchissable, sans tirets, arrondie, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Rocher</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Grand bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone rocheuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually is shown with randomly orientated solid triangles with sides of ratio 8:6:5. A minimum of two triangles should be used. The going is indicated by the density of the triangles. To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone rocheuse, grande</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between boulder fields with a significant difference in boulder size it is permitted to enlarge the triangles by 20%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole blocs rocheux (208.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature cannot be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole étendue d&apos;eau infranchissable (310.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossable watercourse, minimum 2 m wide. The width of watercourses over 5 m wide should be shown to scale.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Sa largeur devrait être d’au moins 2 m.
Longueur minimum (isolée) : 1 mm (15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert avec
arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain découvert
encombré avec arbres
dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Forêt : course facile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Forêt : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 412</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Verger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Vigne en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Limite de culture nette</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Limite de végétation distincte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Layon étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, câble porteur, ou téléski</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 517</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 522</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 526.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.1</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 535</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Haute tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 536</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 539</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Special man-made features are shown with these symbols. The definition of the symbols must be given in each case in the map legend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 540</comment>
        <translation>Sa position est le centre de gravité du symbole.
Emprise au sol : 12 m x 12 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne du nord magnétique, bleu, aide</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Registration mark</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 602</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Croix de centrage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, dot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point d&apos;altitude, point</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot height, text</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation>Point d&apos;altitude (texte)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spot heights are used for the rough assessment of height differences. The height is given to the nearest metre. The figures are orientated to the north. Water levels are given without the dot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 603.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les points d&apos;altitude sont utilisés pour l&apos;estimation des différences d&apos;altitude. Celle-ci est arrondie au mètre. Les chiffres sont orientés vers le nord. Les niveaux d&apos;eau sont représentés sans le point.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le départ, (ou le point de la prise de carte s&apos;il ne s&apos;agit pas du départ) est représenté par un triangle équilatéral qui pointe dans la direction du premier poste. Le centre de ce triangle montre la position exacte du point de départ.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de contrôle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Les postes de contrôle sont représentés par des cercles. Le centre du cercle doit indiquer la position exacte de l&apos;élément. Des sections du cercle peuvent être éliminées à condition de ne masquer aucun détail important.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Le numéro du poste est placé à proximité du cercle, de telle manière qu&apos;il ne masque aucun détail important. Ces numéros sont orientés vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ligne interposte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Lorsque les contrôles doivent être parcourus dans un ordre défini, le départ, les postes et l&apos;arrivée sont réunis par des traits. Des sections de ligne peuvent être éliminées pour ne pas masquer des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Un itinéraire balisé est indiqué sur la carte par des traits interrompus.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">L&apos;arrivée est représentée par deux cercles concentriques.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite qui n&apos;est pas permis de franchir.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage à travers ou sur un mur ou une clôture, ou traversant une route ou une voie de chemin de fer ou à travers un tunnel ou une zone interdite est dessiné sur la carte avec deux lignes incurvées vers l&apos;extérieur.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite, voir aussi le symbole 528, est dessiné avec des traits verticaux.
Une limite peut être dessinée s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas de limite naturelle, de la façon suivante :
- une ligne continue indique que la limite est marquée clairement au sol (rubalise, etc).
- une ligne discontinue indique un marquage au sol irrégulier,
- aucune ligne indique qu&apos;il n&apos;y pas de marquage au sol.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone interdite,  ligne continue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne continue indique que la zone est repérée de manière continue (banderole, etc) sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone interdite, ligne en tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une ligne en tirets indique un repérage intermittent sur le terrain
</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Zone dangereuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Une zone présentant un danger pour les compétiteurs est dessiné avec des hachures croisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Une route est interdite est surchargée par des croix.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">La position d&apos;un poste de premiers soins.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Poste de ravitaillement</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>L’emplacement d’un poste boisson qui n’est pas un poste de contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Simple course d&apos;orientation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.

Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un inconvénient de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering </translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small or partly ruined earth wall shall be shown with a dashed line. Minimum height is 0.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 108</comment>
        <translation>Une levée de terre en ruine ou moins facile à distinguer. 
Hauteur minimum 0,5 m.
Longueur minimum : 2 tirets (3,65 mm - 55m au sol).
Si la levée de terre est plus courte le dessin doit l’exagérer pour atteindre la longueur minimum ou il faut utiliser le symbole 105 (levée de terre).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 110</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petit ravin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 112</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Elongated knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 113</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Butte allongée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 115</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 116</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Broken ground, small</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain accidenté, léger</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of pits or knolls which is too intricate to be shown in detail. The density of randomly placed dots may vary according to the detail on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 117.1</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composante les symboles de terrain accidentés (113 et 114).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rocky pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Caverne ou grotte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 210.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain rocailleux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open sandy ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 211</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Terrain sablonneux découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 212</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Affleurement rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 303</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Trou d&apos;eau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man-made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 307</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Cours d&apos;eau naturel ou creusé qui peut ne contenir de l&apos;eau que par intermittence.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 408</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Forêt : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 308</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais étroit</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.1</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable (composant rive)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable marsh, with border line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 309.2</comment>
        <translation>Marais infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Indistinct marsh, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 311.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Marais peu visible, taille minimum</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 313</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Source</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course ralentie</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 60-80% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 407</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une bonne visibilité et une capacité à courir réduite, du fait par exemple de végétation basse (ronces, buissons, arbustes, branches au sol). La vitesse de course est réduite à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
Le symbole est orienté vers le Nord.
Surface minimum : 1,5 mm x 1 mm (22,5 m X 15 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Undergrowth: difficult to run</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sous-bois : course difficile</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of dense undergrowth but otherwise good visibility (brambles, heather, low bushes, and including cut branches) which reduces running to ca. 20-60% of normal speed. This symbol may not be combined with 406 or 408.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 409</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Zone de sous-bois dense mais présentant une bonne visibilité (ronces, buissons, arbustes, y compris branches coupées) qui réduisent la vitesse de course à environ 20-60 % de la vitesse normale. Ce symbole ne peut pas être combiné avec 406 (forêt : course ralentie) et 408 (forêt : course difficile).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.0</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest runnable in one direction, 3</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Végétation, progression difficile, course possible dans un sens</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When an area of forest provides good running in one direction but less good in others, white stripes are left in the screen symbol to show the direction of good running.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 411.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone avec une végétation dense (visibilité réduite) qui réduit la capacité à courir à environ 60-80% de la vitesse normale.
La capacité à courir est meilleure dans une direction, un motif régulier de bandes blanches est inséré dans la trame. Elles indiquent la direction de course facilitée.
Zone minimum : 1 mm x 1 mm (15 m x 15 m au sol).
Largeur minimum : 0,4 mm (6 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Terrain cultivé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cultivated land which is seasonally out-of-bounds due to growing crops may be shown with a black dot screen.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Un terrain cultivé dont la traversée est interdite selon la saison du fait de la croissance des plantations, peut être représenté par une trame de points noirs.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 505</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footpath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 506</comment>
        <translation>Chemin</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Less distinct small path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Sentier peu visible</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Mur en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruined fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 523</comment>
        <translation>Clôture en ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Ruine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Ruin, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530.2</comment>
        <translation>Ruine (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level which can be crossed over or under.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 533</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished">Une conduite (gaz, eau, pétrole, etc.) au-dessus du niveau du sol et qui peut être franchie par-dessus ou par-dessous.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 537</comment>
        <translation>Borne</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 538</comment>
        <translation>Mangeoire</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>ISSkiOM 2019</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for course overprint</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green for SkiO</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White for railway</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Brown 100%</source>
        <comment>Color 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below purple for track symbols</source>
        <comment>Color 9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 65%</source>
        <comment>Color 10</comment>
        <translation>Noir 65%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 20%</source>
        <comment>Color 11</comment>
        <translation>Noir 20%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below upper brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black below lower brown 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 70%</source>
        <comment>Color 17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Blue 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 18</comment>
        <translation>Bleu 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Orange</source>
        <comment>Color 19</comment>
        <translation>Orange OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 21</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30% for narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Color 22</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over green</source>
        <comment>Color 23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100%/Green 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black 25% (Grey)</source>
        <comment>Color 25</comment>
        <translation>Noir 25% (gris)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100%/Black 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 26</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 27</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 60%</source>
        <comment>Color 28</comment>
        <translation>Vert 60%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 30%</source>
        <comment>Color 29</comment>
        <translation>Vert 30%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Green 100% for undergrowth</source>
        <comment>Color 30</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White over yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 31</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for open land</source>
        <comment>Color 32</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow</source>
        <comment>Color 33</comment>
        <translation>Jaune</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 100% for area features</source>
        <comment>Color 34</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Yellow 50%</source>
        <comment>Color 35</comment>
        <translation>Jaune 50%</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A line joining points of equal height. The standard vertical interval between contours is 5 m. A contour interval of 2.5 m may be used for flat terrains.
Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A closed contour represents a knoll or a depression. A depression has to have at least one slope line. Minimum height/depth should be 1 m.
Relationships between adjacent contour lines are important. Adjacent contour lines show form and structure. Small details on contours should be avoided because they tend to hide the main features of the terrain.
Prominent features such as depressions, re-entrants, spurs, earth banks and terraces may have to be exaggerated.
Absolute height accuracy is of little importance, but the relative height difference between neighbouring features should be represented on the map as accurately as possible. It is permissible to alter the height of a contour slightly if this improves the representation of a feature. This deviation should not exceed 25% of the contour interval, and attention must be paid to neighbouring features.
The smallest bend in a contour line is 0.25 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 4 m). The mouth of a re-entrant or a spur must be wider than 0.5 mm from centre to centre of the line (footprint 8 m).
The minimum length of a contour knoll is 0.9 mm (footprint 13.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m) outside measure. Smaller prominent knolls can be represented using symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110) or they can be exaggerated on the map to satisfy the minimum dimension.
A depression must accommodate a slope line, so the minimum length is 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m) and the minimum width is 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m) outside measure. Smaller, prominent depressions can be represented using symbol Small depression (111) or they can be exaggerated to satisfy the minimum dimension.
Contours should be adapted (not broken) in order not to touch symbol Small knoll (109) or Small elongated knoll (110).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation>Tirets de pente (pour courbe de niveau 101)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.
A depression has to have at least one slope line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 101.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Index contour</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de niveau maîtresse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Every fifth contour shall be drawn with a thicker line. This is an aid to the quick assessment of height difference and the overall shape of the terrain surface.
An index contour may be represented as an ordinary contour line in an area with much detail. Small contour knolls and depressions are normally not represented using index contours.
The index contour level must be carefully selected in flat terrain. The ideal level for the index contour is the central contour in the most prominent slopes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Contour value</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation>Cote</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An index contour may have a height value assigned. A height value should only be inserted in an index contour in places where other detail is not obscured. It shall be orientated so that the top of the label is on the higher side of the contour. The index value (label) shall be 1.5 mm high and represented in a sans-serif font.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 102.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation>Courbe de forme</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Form lines are used where more information must be given about the shape of the ground. Form lines are added only where representation would be incomplete with ordinary contours. They shall not be used as intermediate contours. Only one form line should be used between neighbouring contours. It is very important that a form line fits logically into the contour system, so the start and end of a form line should be parallel to the neighbouring contours. The gaps between the form line dashes must be placed on reasonably straight sections of the form line. Form lines can be used to differentiate flat knolls and depressions from more distinct ones (minimum height / depth should be 1 m). Excessive use of form lines must be avoided as this disturbs the three-dimensional picture of the ground shape and will complicate map reading.
Minimum length (non-closed): two dashes.
Minimum length of a form line, knoll or depression: 1.1 mm (footprint 16.5 m)</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope line, formline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Tiret de pente (pour courbe de forme 103)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slope lines may be drawn on the lower side of a contour line to clarify the direction of slope. When used, they should be placed in re-entrants.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 103.1</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole est un complément du symbole de courbe de niveau (101.0).
Les tirets de pentes peuvent être ajoutés du côté aval d&apos;une courbe de niveau, afin de clarifier le sens de la pente. 
Ils doivent être positionnés au niveau des rentrants.
Une dépression doit comprendre un tiret de pente. Sa longueur minimale est de 1,1 mm (16,5 m au sol) et sa largeur minimale de 0,7 mm mesurée depuis les bords extérieurs de la
ligne. Des dépressions remarquables plus petites peuvent être représentées par le symbole 111 (petite dépression) ou bien elles peuvent être exagérées pour respecter les dimensions minimum.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne du haut)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An earth bank is an abrupt change in ground level which can be clearly distinguished from its surroundings, e.g. gravel or sand pits, road and railway cuttings or embankments.
Minimum height: 1 m. An earth bank may impact runnability. The tags represent the full extent of the earth bank.
For long earth banks it is allowed to use tags shorter than the minimum length at the ends. If two earth banks are close together, tags may be omitted. Impassable earth banks shall be represented using symbol impassable cliff (201).
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre (composant ligne tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of wide earth banks.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.3</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie du symbole d&apos;abrupt de terre (104.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth bank, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation>Abrupt de terre, taille minimal (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 104.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation>Levée de terre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct earth wall. Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 105</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation>Ravine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully which is too small to be shown using symbol Earth bank (104) is shown by a single line. Minimum depth: 1 m.
Minimum length: 1.15 mm (footprint 17 m).
Contour lines should not be broken around this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 107</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small knoll</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation>Petite butte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious mound or knoll which cannot be drawn to scale with a contour.
Minimum height: 1 m.
The symbol shall not touch or overlap contours.
Footprint: 7.5 m x 7.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 109</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation>Petite dépression</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small depression or hollow without steep sides that is too small to be shown by contours.
Minimum depth: 1 m, minimum width: 2 m.
Small depressions with steep sides are represented with symbol Pit (112).
The symbol shall not touch or overlap other brown symbols. Location is the centre of gravity of the symbol, and the symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 111</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, plan shape representation (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, top line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (sans tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff, quarry or earth bank that is so high and steep that it is impossible to pass/climb or is dangerous.
For vertical rock faces the tags may be omitted if space is short. Ends of the top line may be rounded or square. Shorter tags may be used at the ends.
The gap between two impassable cliffs or between impassable cliffs and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.25 mm on the map.
When an impassable cliff drops straight into water, making it impossible to pass under the cliff along the water’s edge, the bank line is omitted or the tags shall clearly extend over the bank line. An impassable cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, tag line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable (composant tiret)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this symbol to display the full extent of a wide cliff.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.4</comment>
        <translation>Attention ! Ce symbole est une partie composant le symbole falaise infranchissable (201.0).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable cliff, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise infranchissable, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 201.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation>Falaise</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation>Falaise (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation>Falaise taille minimale (avec tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A passable cliff or quarry. If the direction of fall of the cliff is not apparent from the contours, or to improve legibility, short tags may be drawn in the direction of the downslope.
For non-vertical cliffs, the tags should be drawn to show the full horizontal extent. Ends of the base line must be rounded if no tags appear. A passage between two cliffs must be at least 0.2 mm. A cliff should interplay with the contour lines.
Crossing a cliff will normally slow progress.
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length: 0.6 mm (footprint 9 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Cliff, with tags, minimum size (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation>Falaise, avec tags, taille minimale (ISOM 2000)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 202.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boulder (should be higher than 1 m), which is immediately identifiable on the ground. Groups of boulders are represented using symbol Boulder cluster (207) or a boulder field symbol (208, 209).
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to enlarge the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 6 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder or large boulder, different size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux, taille différente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boulder which is larger than neighboring boulders (204), or a large boulder which is smaller than neighboring large boulders (205).

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) boulders (204) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an enlargement of symbol 204 for some of the boulders.

To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 metres apart) large boulders (205) with significant difference in size, it is permitted to use this symbol (0.5 mm) as an as a reduction of symbol 205 for some 
of the boulders.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 204.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation>Gros bloc rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A particularly large and distinct boulder. A large boulder should be more than 2 m high.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (closer than 30 m apart) large boulders with significant difference in size, it is permitted to reduce the size of the symbol to 0.5 mm for some of the boulders.
Footprint: 9 m diameter (7.5 m diameter).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 205</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gigantic boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation>Bloc rocheux gigantesque</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gigantic boulder, rock pillar or massive cliff shall be represented in plan shape. The objects can vary in shape and width.
The gap between gigantic boulders or between gigantic boulders and other impassable feature symbols must exceed 0.15 mm on the map.
Minimum width: 0.25 mm (footprint 3.75 m).
Minimum area: 0.3 mm² (footprint 67 m²).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 206</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be marked individually. The boulders in the cluster should be higher than 1 m.
A boulder cluster must be easily identifiable as a group of boulders.
To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to enlarge this symbol to 120% (edge length 0.96 mm) for some of the boulder clusters.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 12 m x 10 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder cluster, large</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation>Groupe de grands blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show the distinction between neighbouring (maximum 30 m apart) boulder clusters with significant difference in boulder size, it is permitted to use this symbol instead of regular Boulder cluster (207) for some of the boulder clusters.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 207.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone de bloc rocheux (composant triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many scattered blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A boulder field will generally not impact runnability. If the runnability of the boulder field is reduced, symbol 209 (dense boulder field) should be used or the symbol should be combined with a stony ground symbol.
A minimum of two triangles should be used. One triangle may be used if it is combined with other rock symbols (for instance directly below cliff symbols (201, 202), adjacent to boulder symbols (204-206) or combined with stony ground symbols (210-212)).
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 1.2 mm. The minimum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.75 mm.
Density: 0.8-1 symbol / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Boulder field, single triangle, enlarged</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux (composant grand triangle)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 208.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dense boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation>Zone de blocs rocheux dense</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area which is covered with so many blocks of stone that they cannot be marked individually and the runnability is affected, is shown with randomly placed and orientated solid triangles. A minimum of two triangles must be used.
The maximum centre to centre distance between neighbouring triangles is 0.6 mm.
Density: 2-3 symbols / mm². To be able to show obvious height differences within a boulder field, it is permitted to enlarge some of the triangles to 120%.
Footprint of individual triangle: 12 m x 6 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 209</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is not covered with ice or shall not be crossed, the colour of the area shall be 100% blue. A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Body of water that shall not be crossed, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A black bank line indicates that the feature shall not be crossed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, with bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 301.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>When a body of water is allowed to be crossed, the colour shall be 50% blue. The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable body of water, bank line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The bank line of the crossable waterbody is presented in ski orienteering map like in ISOM Shallow body of water (302).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 302.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation>Cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Should be at least 2 m wide.
Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 304</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small crossable watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation>Petit cours d’eau franchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Minimum length (isolated): 1 mm (footprint 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 305</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marsh (in ski orienteering map)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The marshes shall be shown with the same symbol as Indistinct marsh (310) in the orienteering map specification, so that the track symbols drawn can be read more clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 310.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land that has a ground cover (grass, moss or similar) which offers better runnability than typical open forest. If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than Broken ground (113), Boulder field (208), Marsh (308) and Indistinct marsh (310).
Minimum area: 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 401</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen. The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Prominent individual trees may be added using symbol Prominent large tree (417). If yellow coloured areas become dominant, a screen (75% instead of full yellow) may be used.
Shall not be combined with area symbols other than symbol Broken ground (113), symbol Boulder field (208) or marsh symbols (308, 310).
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).
The symbol is orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 402</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heath, moorland, felled areas, newly planted areas (trees lower than ca. 1 m) or other generally open land with rough ground vegetation, heather or tall grass offering the same runnability as typical open forest.
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Open land (401).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 403</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Rough open land with scattered trees</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation>Terrain découvert encombré avec arbres dispersés</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Areas with scattered trees or bushes in rough open land may be generalised by using a regular pattern of large dots in the yellow screen.
The dots may be white (scattered trees) or green (scattered bushes / thickets). Only the white dot variant can be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Minimum width: 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).
Minimum area: 2.5 mm x 2.5 mm (footprint 37.5 m x 37.5 m).
Smaller areas must either be left out, exaggerated or shown using symbol Rough open land (403).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 404</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forest</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation>Forêt</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Typical open forest for the particular type of terrain. If no part of the forest is easily runnable then no white should appear on the map.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m) for openings in screens of other colours, except for the following:
For openings in symbol Open land (401), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: walk (408), the minimum area is 0.7 mm x 0.7 mm (footprint 10.5 m x 10.5 m).
For openings in symbol Vegetation: fight (410) the minimum area is 0.55 mm x 0.55 mm (footprint 8 m x 8 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 405</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, normal running in one direction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running to about 60-80% of normal speed.
Where runnability is better in one direction, a regular pattern of white stripes is left in the screen to show the direction of better running.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).
Minimum width: 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vegetation: slow running, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with dense vegetation (low visibility) which reduces running speed.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 406.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation>Verger en terrain découvert</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Orchard, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Land planted with trees or bushes, normally in a regular pattern. The dot lines may be orientated to show the direction of planting.
Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
May be combined with symbol Vegetation: slow running, good visibility (407) or Vegetation: walk, good visibility (409) to show reduced runnability.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 413.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vineyard or similar, rough open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A vineyard or similar cultivated land containing dense rows of plants offering good or normal runnability in the direction of planting. The lines shall be orientated to show the direction of planting. At least three lines shall be clearly visible. Must be combined with either symbol Open land (401) or Rough open land (403).
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 414.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct cultivation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation>Limite franche de culture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary of cultivated land vegetation (symbols 401, 412, 413, 414) or a boundary between areas of cultivated land when not shown with other symbols (fence, wall, path, etc.).
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 415</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Distinct vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation>Limite de végétation distincte (hors terrain rocheux)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct forest edge or vegetation boundary within the forest.
Very distinct forest edges and vegetation boundaries may be represented using the cultivation boundary symbol. Only one of the vegetation boundary symbols (black dotted line or dashed green line) can be used on a map. For areas with a lot of rock features, it is recommended to use the green dashed line for vegetation boundaries.
A disadvantage with a green line is that it cannot be used to show distinct vegetation boundaries around and within symbol Vegetation: fight (410). An alternative for these situations is to use symbol Distinct cultivation boundary (415).
Minimum length, black dot implementation: 5 dots (2.5 mm - footprint 37 m).
Minimum length, green line implementation: 4 dashes (1.8 mm - footprint 27 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 416</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent vegetation feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation>Élément particulier de végétation</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 13.5 m x 13.5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 419</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, with bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée avec bordure franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone pavée à bordure non franche</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with a firm surface such as asphalt, hard gravel, tiles, concrete or the like. Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved area, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Bordure de zone pavée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Paved areas should be bordered (or framed) by a thin black line where they have a distinct boundary.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 501.2</comment>
        <translation>Les zones pavées doivent être bordées (ou encadrées) d’une fine ligne noire dès lors qu’elles ont une bordure franche.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation>Route large (largeur minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide road, 0.5 mm (from ISOM2000)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Provided for migration from ISOM2000. Use of this symbol variant is discouraged for new maps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road with two carriageways</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation>Route à deux voies</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The width should be drawn to scale, but not smaller than the minimum width (0.3 + 2*0.14 mm - footprint 8.7 m). The outer boundary lines may be replaced with other black line symbols, such as symbol Fence (516), Impassable fence (518), Wall (513) or Impassable wall (515) if the feature is so close to the road edge that it cannot practically be shown as a separate symbol.
The space between the black lines is filled with brown (50%).
A road with two carriageways can be represented using two wide road symbols side by side, keeping only one of the road edges in the middle.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 502.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Route</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A maintained road suitable for motor vehicles in all weather. Width less than 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 503</comment>
        <translation>Une route entretenue, carrossable par tous temps, de largeur inférieure à 5 m.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Vehicle track</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation>Chemin carrossable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A track or poorly maintained road suitable for vehicles only when travelling slowly. For distinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are joined at the junction.
For indistinct junctions the dashes of the symbols are not joined.
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (6.25 mm - footprint 94 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 504</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation>Trace étroite ou layon</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Without background: the same runnability as the surroundings.
Yellow 100%: easy running.
White in green: normal runnability.
Green 30%: slow running.
Green 60%: walk.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, easy running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, normal runnability</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Narrow ride, slow running</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A forest ride or a prominent trace (forestry extraction track, sandy track, ski track) through the terrain which does not have a distinct runnable path along it. Runnability is shown using a slightly thicker line of yellow, green or white as background.
Minimum length: two dashes (3.25 mm - footprint 48 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 508.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Railway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation>Voie de chemin de fer</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A railway or other kind of railed track.
If it is forbidden to run along the railway, it shall be combined with symbol Out-of-bounds route (711). If it is forbidden to cross the railway, it must be combined with symbol Area that shall not be entered (520) or Out-of-bounds area (709).
Minimum length (isolated): two dashes (4 mm - footprint 60 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 509</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation>Ligne électrique, téléphérique ou remonte-pente</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Power line, cableway or skilift. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The line may be broken to improve legibility.
If a section of a power line, cableway or skilift goes along a road or path (and does not offer significant additional navigational value) it should be omitted.
Minimum length (isolated): 5 mm (footprint: 75 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 510</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, minimum width</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility.
Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the power line. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using outline of symbol Building (521) or with symbol High tower (524).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power line, large carrying masts</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation>Ligne à haute tension (pour grands pylones)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Major power lines should be drawn with a double line. The gap between the lines may indicate the extent of the powerline. The bars show the exact location of the pylons. The lines may be broken to improve legibility. Very large carrying masts shall be represented in plan shape using symbol 521 (building) or with symbol 524 (high tower).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 511.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridge / tunnel, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation>Pont ou tunnel (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Bridges and tunnels are represented using the same basic symbols.
If it is not possible to get through a tunnel (or under a bridge), it shall be omitted.
Minimum length (of baseline): 0.4 mm (footprint 6 m).
Small bridges connected to a track/path are shown by centring a track dash on the crossing. Tracks/paths are broken for water course crossings without bridges. A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Footbridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation>Pont piéton</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small footbridge with no path leading to it is represented with a single dash.
Note: if the stream is wider than 0.25 mm, adjust this symbol so it extends 0.5 mm over both sides of the stream!</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 512.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation>Mur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A significant wall of stone, concrete, wood or other materials. 
Minimum height: 1 m.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.4 mm (footprint 21 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 513</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation>Mur infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable wall, normally more than 1.5 m high.
Minimum length (isolated): 3 mm (footprint 45 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 515</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation>Clôture</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 1.5 mm (footprint 22.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 516</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Impassable fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation>Clôture infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable or uncrossable fence, normally more than 1.5 m high.
If the fence forms an enclosed area, tags should be placed inside.
Minimum length (isolated): 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 518</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence or other linear feature, including a gate or stile.
For impassable features, the line shall be broken at the crossing point. For passable features, the line shall not be broken if passing involves a degree of climb.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 519</comment>
        <translation>Un passage à travers un mur, une clôture ou tout autre élément linéaire, y compris un portillon ou un échalier. Pour les éléments infranchissables, la ligne doit être interrompue au point de passage. Pour les éléments franchissables, la ligne ne doit pas être interrompue si le franchissement implique une forme d’escalade.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, solid colour, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area is a feature such as a private house, a garden, a factory or another industrial area. Only contours and prominent features such as railways and large buildings shall be shown inside an out-of-bounds area. Vertical black stripes may be used for areas where it is important to show a complete representation of the terrain (e.g. when a part of the forest is out-of-bounds). The area shall be discontinued where a path or track goes through.
Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.
Course planning symbol 709 can be used for temporary out-of bounds areas.
The vertical black stripes version of the symbol is orientated to north.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 1 mm x 1 mm (footprint 15 m x 15 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Area that shall not be entered, stripes, bounding line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bound areas with a clear border shall be bounded by a black boundary line or another black line. If the border is unclear no black line shall occur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 520.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Building, minimum size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment (taille minimale)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building with outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation>Bâtiment en ville (composant surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Large building, outline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A building is shown with its ground plan so far as the scale permits.
Buildings larger than 75 m x 75 m may be represented with a dark grey infill in urban areas.
Passages through buildings must have a minimum width of 0.3 mm (footprint 4.5 m).
Buildings within forbidden areas are generalised.
Areas totally contained within a building shall not be mapped (they shall be represented as being part of the building). Minimum gap indicating a passage between buildings and between buildings and other impassable features should be 0.4 mm.
Minimum area: 0.5 mm x 0.5 mm (footprint 7.5 m x 7.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 521.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>High tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation>Tour de grande hauteur</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high tower or large pylon. If it is in a forest, it must be visible above the level of the surrounding forest.Towers with a larger footprint must be represented using symbol Building (521).
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 21 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 524</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Small tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation>Petite tour</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An obvious small tower, platform or seat.
Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
Footprint: 15 m x 15 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 525</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent impassable line feature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation>Élément linéaire significatif infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An impassable man-made line feature. For example, a high pipeline (gas, water, oil, heat, etc.) or a bobsleigh / skeleton track. The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Minimum length: 2 mm (footprint 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 529</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – ring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - cercle</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m in diameter.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 530</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prominent man-made feature – x</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation>Élément significatif dû à l’homme - x</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location is at the centre of gravity of the symbol.
The symbol is orientated to north.
The definition of the symbol must be given on the map.
Footprint: 12 m x 12 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 531</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du Nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north line, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation>Lignes du nord magnétique, bleu</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>North lines pattern, blue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation>Ligne du nord magnétique (surface)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Magnetic north lines are lines placed on the map pointing to magnetic north, parallel to the sides of the paper. Their spacing on the map shall be 20 mm on the map which represents 300 m on the ground at the scale of 1:15 000. If the map is enlarged to 1:10 000, the spacing of the lines will be 30 mm on the map.
North lines shall be broken to improve the legibility of the map, for instance where they would obscure small features. In areas with very few water features, blue lines may be used.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 601.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The place where the orienteering starts. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position where the orienteering course starts. The start must be on a clearly identifiable point on the map. The triangle points in the direction of the first control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>L’endroit d’où la course d’orientation débute. Le centre du triangle désigne l’endroit précis à partir duquel l’orientation libre débute. Le départ doit être à un endroit clairement identifiable sur la carte. Le triangle pointe en direction du premier poste.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Map issue point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Prise de carte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If there is a marked route to the start point, the map issue point is marked using this symbol.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>S’il y a un cheminement balisé vers le départ, ce symbole indique où elle a lieu.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point and focus point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The focus point (i.e. the point in the centre of a control circle) shall be used to clarify the exact position of a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail.
The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Ligne de parcours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the sequence is shown using straight lines from the start to the first control and then from each control to the next one. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing. The line should be drawn via mandatory crossing points. There should be gaps between the line and the control circle in order to increase the readability of the underlying detail close to the control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Quand les postes de contrôle doivent être visités dans un ordre imposé, le séquencement est indiqué en utilisant des lignes droites du départ au premier poste, puis ensuite d’un poste au poste suivant. Des portions de ligne devraient être interrompues pour laisser apparaître des détails
importants.
La ligne doit passer par les points de passage obligatoire. Il devrait y avoir un espace entre la ligne et le cercle de contrôle pour augmenter la lisibilité des éléments à proximité du contrôle.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The end of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>La fin du circuit.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Itinéraire balisé</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route that is a part of the course. It is mandatory to follow the marked route.
Minimum length: 2 dashes (4.5 mm – footprint: 67.5 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area. A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
– a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) in the terrain,
– a dashed line indicates intermittent marking in the terrain,
– no line indicates no marking in the terrain.
An out-of-bounds area shall not be entered.
Minimum area: 2 mm x 2 mm (footprint 30 m x 30 m).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite d&apos;accès (bordure)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite (bordure tirets)</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite d’accès. Une ligne de bordure peut être dessinée s’il n’y a pas de limite naturelle avec les principes suivants :
- une ligne continue indique un marquage physique sur le terrain ;
- une ligne en tiretés indique un marquage discontinu sur le terrain ;
- l’absence de ligne indique l’absence de marquage sur le terrain.
Il est interdit de pénétrer dans une zone interdite.
Surface minimum : 2 mm x 2 mm (30 m x 30 m au sol).</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Equipment deposit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A deposit for spare equipment in the terrain.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 715</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple SkiO Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.
Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. Ceci est un défaut de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very wide track &gt; 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Very fast, wide ski tracks in ski centres, made with a ski trail groomer or a track leveller.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 801</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Wide track 1.5 - 3.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A fast, skateable track made by a snow mobile, width usually 1.5 - 3.0 m. Skateable tracks
rougher and softer than the wide skateable tracks in the area.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 802</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track 1.0 - 1.5 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A good track made by a snow mobile, usually 1.0 - 1.5 m wide. In steep slopes, tracks may
be made wider to reduce widening during competition.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 803</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Track, slow 0.8 - 1.0 m</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A rough, slow track with little snow or some brushwood. This symbol is not used in steep
slopes, if the width of the track allows using herringbone steps for uphill, or snow plowing
technique for slowing and stopping.

In order to clarify a junction, the beginning of a slow track is drawn with a short line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 804</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Road covered with snow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Snowploughed, skiable roads are drawn with a normal road symbol but wider.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 805</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-
marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and
heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Sanded or snowless road, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road on the map which is sanded or snowless during the competition. A chain of V-
marks across the road symbol show that the road is not skiable. Snowless roads and
heavily sanded roads should normally be marked as forbidden routes.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 806.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Unploughed road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A road which is not opened for traffic, no skiable track.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 807</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, fill pattern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Slalom slopes (alpine skiing slopes) and other areas which are wide, skiable and hard.
The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Prepared area, boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The boundaries of prepared areas are shown with a narrow green line (0.13 mm) so every edge can be read clearly.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 808.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, line symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so
that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, crossable, single symbol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can be crossed but not followed.
At least two symbols must be used to mark a forbidden route.
The symbol Forbidden route (711) is drawn in a larger size in a ski orienteering map so
that it is more clearly visible in the track network.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 809.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Public snow mobile route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A public and marked route for snow mobiles that may be in use during the ski orienteering competition. These routes are often uneven and of varying width and quality. The organizers must inform competitors in the competition instructions about the quality of such routes (e.g. with photographs) and ensure the safety of the competitors by temporarily closing the route, manning the route or by other means informing any snow mobile drivers about the possibility of encountering ski orienteers on the route. If the safety of the competitors can not be guaranteed, the route must be marked as forbidden and safe passages must be ensured.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 813</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route, forbidden to cross</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Linear features marked with the forbidden route symbol can not be followed, and can not be crossed except at specially marked crossing points. Do not enter road regardless of whether the road is badly plowed, ice-covered, no traffic etc.
A route which is out-of-bounds and forbidden to cross is shown with a zigzag. The zigzag line should be as continuous as possible. If there is a crossing point over the forbidden route, it shall be presented like a gate by two perpendicular lines over the forbidden route. Also a longer crossing section shall be presented clearly on the map by using the perpendicular lines at the end of the zigzag lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 814</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>OpenOrienteering Logo</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The OpenOrienteering Logo.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 999</comment>
        <translation>Logo OpenOrienteering.</translation>
    </message>
</context>
<context>
    <name>Course_Design</name>
    <message>
        <source>Purple</source>
        <comment>Color 0</comment>
        <translation>Violine</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for control descriptions</source>
        <comment>Color 1</comment>
        <translation>Noir pour définitions</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White above framing</source>
        <comment>Color 2</comment>
        <translation>Blanc pour cadre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black for framing</source>
        <comment>Color 3</comment>
        <translation>Noir pour cadre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>White below framing</source>
        <comment>Color 4</comment>
        <translation>Blanc sous cadre</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Black</source>
        <comment>Color 5</comment>
        <translation>Noir</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Simple Orienteering Course</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Parcours simplifié</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This symbol provides a simple and quick way to make training courses.

The purple line will extend a bit into the finish symbol. This is a shortcoming of this simple approach.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 799</comment>
        <translation>Ce symbole fournit un moyen simple et rapide de créer des course d&apos;entraînement.

Les lignes violettes sont légèrement prolongées dans le symbole d&apos;arrivée. C&apos;est un défaut de ce symbole.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Start</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Départ</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The start or map issue point (if not at the start) is shown by an equilateral triangle which points in the direction of the first control. The centre of the triangle shows the precise position of the start point.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 701</comment>
        <translation>Le départ, (ou le point de la prise de carte s&apos;il ne s&apos;agit pas du départ) est représenté par un triangle équilatéral qui pointe dans la direction du premier poste. Le centre de ce triangle montre la position exacte du point de départ.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control points are shown with circles. The centre of the circle shows the precise position of the feature. Sections of circles should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 702</comment>
        <translation>Les postes sont représentés par des cercles. Le centre du cercle doit indiquer la position exacte de l&apos;élément. Des sections du cercle peuvent être éliminées à condition de ne masquer aucun détail important.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Numéro de poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The number of the control is placed close to the control point circle in such a way that it does not obscure important detail. The numbers are orientated to north.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 703</comment>
        <translation>Le numéro du poste est placé à proximité du cercle, de telle manière qu&apos;il ne masque aucun détail important. Ces numéros sont orientés vers le nord.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Ligne interposte</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where controls are to be visited in order, the start, control points and finish are joined together by straight lines. Sections of lines should be omitted to leave important detail showing.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 704</comment>
        <translation>Lorsque les postes doivent être parcourus dans un ordre défini, le départ, les postes et l&apos;arrivée sont réunis par des traits. Des sections de ligne peuvent être éliminées pour ne pas masquer des détails importants.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Marked route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Itinéraire jalonné</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is shown on the map with a dashed line.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 705</comment>
        <translation>Un itinéraire jalonné est indiqué sur la carte par des traits interrompus.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>Arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The finish is shown by two concentric circles.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 706</comment>
        <translation>L&apos;arrivée est représentée par deux cercles concentriques.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Uncrossable boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite infranchissable</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A boundary which it is not permitted to cross.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 707</comment>
        <translation>Limite qui n&apos;est pas permis de franchir.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Point de passage</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point through or over a wall or fence, or across a road or railway or through a tunnel or an out-of-bounds area is drawn on the map with two lines curving outwards.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 708</comment>
        <translation>Un point de passage à travers ou sur un mur ou une clôture, ou traversant une route ou une voie de chemin de fer ou à travers un tunnel ou une zone interdite est dessiné sur la carte avec deux lignes incurvées vers l&apos;extérieur.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An out-of-bounds area, see also symbol 528, is shown with vertical stripes.
A bounding line may be drawn if there is no natural boundary, as follows:
- a solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground,
- a dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground,
- no line indicates no marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709</comment>
        <translation>Une zone interdite, voir aussi le symbole 528, est dessiné avec des traits verticaux.
Une limite peut être dessinée s&apos;il n&apos;y a pas de limite naturelle, de la façon suivante :
- une ligne continue indique que la limite est marquée clairement au sol (rubalise, etc).
- une ligne discontinue indique un marquage au sol irrégulier,
- aucune ligne indique qu&apos;il n&apos;y pas de marquage au sol.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, solid boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite,  ligne continue</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A solid line indicates that the boundary is marked continuously (tapes, etc.) on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.1</comment>
        <translation>Une ligne continue indique que la zone est repérée de manière continue (rubalise, etc) sur le terrain.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Out-of-bounds area, dashed boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Zone interdite, tirets</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A dashed line indicates intermittent marking on the ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 709.2</comment>
        <translation>Une ligne en tirets indique un marquage irrégulier au sol.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Dangerous area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Zone dangereuse</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area presenting danger to the competitor is shown with cross-hatched diagonal lines.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 710</comment>
        <translation>Une zone présentant un danger pour les compétiteurs est dessiné avec des hachures croisées.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Forbidden route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Route interdite</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A route which is out-of-bounds is shown with crosses.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 711</comment>
        <translation>Une route est interdite est surchargée par des croix.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>Poste de secours</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a first aid post.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 712</comment>
        <translation>La position d&apos;un poste de secours.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>Poste de ravitaillement</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The location of a refreshment point which is not at a control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 713</comment>
        <translation>Position d&apos;un poste de ravitaillement qui n&apos;est pas un poste de parcours.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Single line for event title or classes</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation>Libellé : simple de texte pour indiquer le nom de la course ou les catégories</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Optionally this block can be used as [ Classes line ] between [ Event title ] and [ Course nature ].</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, two lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.1</comment>
        <translation>Libellé : Nom de la course sur deux lignes</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Heading: Event title, three lines</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.0.2</comment>
        <translation>Libellé : Nom de la course sur trois lignes</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Course nature</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This block describes the main parameters of a course. Its purpose is to help understand the degree of difficulty. 
 - Scheme: | Course code | Length | Height climb |
 - The course length is given in kilometres rounded to the nearest 0.1 km.
 - The height climb is given in metres rounded to the nearest 5 m.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation>Définition de chaque poste</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|C|D|E|F|G|H| 

A: Control number
B: Control code
C: Which of any similar feature
D: Control feature
E: Appearance
F: Dimensions, combinations
G: Location of the control flag
H: Other information</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Textual description of individual control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Scheme of columns: |A|B|Text|

A: Control number
B: Control code</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Thicker horizontal line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A thicker horizontal line should be used after every third description and on either side of any special instruction.

In this symbol set, you need to add this symbol manually after the start location row and after every three consequent rows of 99.3 Description of individual control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Start location</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Shown in first line of descriptions, using the description as if it were a control feature.

Map symbol: ISOM 701</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|A| Control number</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Numbering of controls is in the sequence they are to be visited, unless the description is for a Score competition.

Map symbol: ISOM 703</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|B| Control code</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The control code should be a number greater than 30.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 99.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Northern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South Eastern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more south eastern of two similar features, or the south-eastern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Southern</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| South western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| North Western</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The more northern of two similar features, or the northern-most of several similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Upper</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Lower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|C| Middle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is the middle one of a number of similar features.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 0.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Terrace</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A level area on a slope.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spur</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour projection or “nose” rising from the surrounding ground.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Re-entrant</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A contour indentation; a valley; the opposite of a spur.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth bank</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An abrupt change in ground level which can clearly be distinguished from its surroundings.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Quarry</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Gravel, sand or stone working in flat or inclined ground.

Map symbol: ISOM 106</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Earth wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow wall of earth projecting above the surrounding terrain; may be partially stone faced, usually man-made. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined earth wall.s

Map symbols: ISOM 107, 108</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 109</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small erosion gully</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small erosion gully or trench, normally dry.

Map symbol: ISOM 110</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Hill</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbols: ISOM 101, 111</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Knol</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small obvious mound. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky knoll.

Map symbols: ISOM 112, 113</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Saddle</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The low point between two higher points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 114</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Small depression</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small, shallow, natural depression or hollow from which the ground rises on all sides.

Map symbol: ISOM 115</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pit</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pit or hole with distinct steep-sides. Usually man made. Used with symbol 8.6 to indicate a rocky pit.

Map symbols: ISOM 116, 204</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Broken ground </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Clearly disturbed ground with features too small or too numerous to be mapped individually; including animal earths.

Map symbol: ISOM 107</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ant hill (termite mound)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The mound made by ants or termites.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 1.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cliff, Rock face</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A cliff or rock face. May be passable or impassable.

Map symbols: ISOM 201, 203</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Rock pillar</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high, natural rock projection.

Map symbol: ISOM 202</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Cave</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A hole in a rock face or hill side, often leading to underground workings.

Map symbol: ISOM 205</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A prominent free-standing block of rock or stone.

Map symbols: ISOM 206, 207</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder field</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered by so many boulders that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 208</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boulder cluster</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small distinct group of boulders so closely clustered together that they cannot be individually mapped.

Map symbol: ISOM 209</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stony ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area covered with many small stones or rocks.

Map symbol: ISOM 210</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bare rock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A runnable area of rock with no earth or vegetation cover.

Map symbol: ISOM 212</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow passage</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A gap between two cliffs or rock faces that face each other.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 2.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Lake</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A high point. Shown on the map with contour lines.

Map symbol: ISOM 301</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pond</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of water.

Map symbol: ISOM 302</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Waterhole</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A waterholed pit or depression.

Map symbol: ISOM 303</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| River, Stream, Watercourse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or artificial watercourse with either moving or standing water.

Map symbols: ISOM 304, 305, 306</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Minor water channel, Ditch</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A natural or man made minor water channel which may contain water only intermittently.

Map symbol: ISOM 307</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Narrow marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A narrow marsh or trickle of water, too narrow to be shown on the map with the marsh symbol.

Map symbol: ISOM 308</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A permanently wet area with marsh vegetation.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Firm ground in marsh</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A non-marshy area within a marsh, or between two marshes.

Map symbols: ISOM 309, 310, 311</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Well</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A shaft containing water or a captive spring, clearly visible on the ground. Often with some form of man-made surround.

Map symbol: ISOM 312</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Spring</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The source of a watercourse with a distinct outflow.

Map symbol: ISOM 313</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Water tank, Water trough</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made water container.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 3.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area with no trees. Grassland, a meadow or a field. Also heath or moorland.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Semi-open land</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of open land with scattered trees or bushes.

Map symbols: ISOM 402, 404</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Forest corner</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The corner or tip of a forested area projecting into open land.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Clearing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of land free from trees within the forest.

Map symbols: ISOM 401, 403</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of forest where the tree cover or undergrowth is so dense that it is difficult to pass.

Map symbols: ISOM 408, 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Linear thicket</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man-made line of trees or bushes that is difficult to cross.

Map symbol: ISOM 410</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Vegetation boundary</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A distinct boundary between different types of trees or vegetation.

Map symbol: ISOM 416</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Copse</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A small area of trees in open ground.

Map symbols: ISOM 405, 406</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Distinctive tree</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An unusual or distinctive tree in either open land or forest; frequently information is also given as to its type.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tree stump, Root stock</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The stump of a tree. The upturned root of a fallen tree, with or without the trunk.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 4.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Road</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A metalled/asphalt surfaced or dirt road, suitable for vehicles in normal weather conditions.

Map symbols: ISOM 501, 502, 503, 504</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Track / Path</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A visible route made by people or animals. Tracks may be driven by rugged vehicles.

Map symbols: ISOM 505, 506, 507, 508</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ride</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A clearly visible linear break in the forest which does not have a distinct path along it.

Map symbol: ISOM 509</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Bridge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A crossing point over a watercourse, or other linear feature.

Map symbols: ISOM 512, 513</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Power line pylon</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A support for power or telephone line, cableway or ski lift.

Map symbols: ISOM 516, 517</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tunnel</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way under roads, railways, etc.

Map symbol: ISOM 518</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stone wall</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stone boundary wall or stone faced bank. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined stone wall.

Map symbols: ISOM 519, 520, 521</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fence</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A wire or wooden boundary. Used with symbol 8.11 to indicate a ruined fence.

Map symbols: ISOM 522, 523, 524</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A way through or over a wall, fence, or pipeline, including a gate or stile.

Map symbol: ISOM 525</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A standing brick, wood or stone structure.

Map symbol: ISOM 526</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Paved area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An area of hard standing used for parking or other purposes.

Map symbol: ISOM 529</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Ruin</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The remains of a building that has fallen down.

Map symbol: ISOM 530</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Pipeline</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A pipeline (gas, water, oil, etc.) above ground level.

Map symbols: ISOM 533, 534</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.14</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Tower</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A tall metal, wooden or brick structure, usually built for forest observation.

Map symbols: ISOM 535, 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Shooting platform</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A structure attached to a tree where a marksman or observer can sit.

Map symbol: ISOM 536</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.16</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Boundary stone, Cairn</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A man made stone or pile of stones. A cairn, memorial stone, boundary stone or trigonometric point.

Map symbol: ISOM 537</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.17</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Fodder rack</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A construction for holding feed for animals.

Map symbol: ISOM 538</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.18</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Charcoal burning ground</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The clear remains of an area where charcoal was burned. A small level man made area on a slope. (A platform).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.19</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Monument or Statue</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A monument, memorial or statue.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.20</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Building pass through</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>An arcade, indoor passage or route through a building.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.23</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Stairway</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A stairway of at least two steps.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 5.24</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Special item</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>If used, an explanation of its meaning must be supplied to competitors in the pre-race information.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|D| Country Specific features (template)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>It is not generally recommended to introduce local symbols. If local symbols are used then at events likely to attract an international entry information about them should be supplied to competitors in the pre-race details.

The default line shows a box of 5 mm by 5mm and can be removed from the final symbols.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Low</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly low or flat at but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Hill, low.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Shallow</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly shallow but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, shallow.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Deep</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control feature is particularly deep but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, deep.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Overgrown</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is partially covered in undergrowth or bushes that are not indicated on the map; e.g. Ruin, overgrown.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Open</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area where the tree cover is less than the surroundings but this is not indicated on the map; e.g. Marsh, open.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Rocky, Stony </source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of rocky or stony ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Pit, rocky.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Marshy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of marshy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Re-entrant, marshy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Sandy</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature is in an area of sandy ground not indicated on the map; e.g. Spur, sandy.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Needle leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature have needle shaped leaves; e.g. Distinctive tree, needle leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Broad leaved</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the tree or trees associated with the control feature are broad-leaved; e.g. Copse, broad leaved.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|E| Ruined</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature has fallen to ground level; e.g. Fence, ruined.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 8.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Height or Depth</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Height or Depth of the feature in metres; e.g. 2.6</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Size</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Horizontal dimensions of the feature in metres; e.g. 8 x 4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Slash for height on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use with text symbol 9.4</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Heights of two features, or on slope</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Use this text symbol to give two numbers in different lines.

9.3 Height on slope: Height of the feature on a slope in metres.
Use the slash symbol 9.3 for separating the numbers; e.g.

0.5/
    / 3.0

9.4 Heights of two features: Heights of two features with the control between them. Write one number above the other; e.g.

2.0
3.0</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 9.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Crossing</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features cross. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|F| Junction</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which two linear features meet. The two features which either cross or meet must be shown in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 10.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Side</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends above the surface of the ground; e.g. Boulder, north east side; Ruin, west side.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.1.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Edge</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The feature extends down from the surface of the surrounding ground and the control is situated on the edge at ground level; e.g. Depression, south east edge.
b) The feature extends over a significant area and the control is situated on the border of that area; e.g. Marsh, west edge; Clearing, north west edge.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.2.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the feature extends over a significant area and the control is located neither at the centre, nor on any of the edges; e.g. Marsh, west part; Depression, south east part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.3.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (inside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Open land, east corner (inside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Fence, south corner (inside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.4.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Corner (outside)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where:
a) The edge of a feature turns through an angle of 45-135 degrees; e.g. Ruin, north west corner (outside).
b) A linear feature turns a corner; e.g. Stone wall, south west corner (outside).
The orientation of the symbol indicates the direction in which the corner points.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.5.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Tip</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where the edge of a feature turns through an angle of less than 45 degrees; e.g. Marsh, south west tip.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.6.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Bend</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Used where a linear feature makes a smooth change of direction; e.g. Path bend; River bend.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west End</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The point at which a linear feature ends or starts; e.g. Ride, north west end; Stone wall, south end.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.8.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Upper Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the top; e.g. Erosion Gully, upper part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.9</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Lower Part</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the feature extends over two or more contours and the control is located near the bottom; e.g. Re-entrant, lower part.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.10</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Top</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the highest point of the feature and this is not the usual location; e.g. Cliff, top.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.11</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Beneath</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located underneath the feature; e.g. Pipeline, beneath.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.12</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Foot (no direction)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located at the lower junction of the slope of the feature and the surface of the surrounding area; e.g. Earth bank, foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.13</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| East Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South east Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| South west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.6</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| West Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.7</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| North west Foot</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>As above, but where the feature is large enough for the control to be placed in more than one location around it; e.g. Hill, north east foot.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.14.8</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Between</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Where the control is located between two features; e.g. Between thickets; Between boulder and knoll. The two features which the control is between must be shown separately in columns |D| and |E|.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 11.15</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| First aid post</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where First aid is available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Refreshment point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Control site where Refreshments are available.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Radio or TV control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Location of a Radio or TV control.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>|G| Control check</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Manned control site where the control card is checked.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 12.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, away from control</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed away from a particular control. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.1</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route, between controls</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>A marked route is to be followed between controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing point</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory crossing points (or points) between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory passage through out of bounds area</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route between two controls. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.4</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from Control to Map Exchange</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>At a map exchange, or if a marked route is to be followed from a control to a map exchange, this instruction follows the last control description of the first part of the course.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.5</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from last control to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation>Parcours jalonné du dernier poste jusqu&apos;à l&apos;arrivée</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Mandatory route from the last control to the Finish. Re-emphasises what is shown on the map. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.1</comment>
        <translation>Parcours obligatoire du dernier poste jusqu&apos;à arrivée. Donne la distance du dernier poste jusqu&apos;à l&apos;arrivée.</translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Taped Route from finish funnel to Finish</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish funnel, and then follow tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.2</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Navigation from last control to Finish (no Taped Route)</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>The competitor has to navigate from the last control to finish. No tapes. Gives the distance from the last control to Finish.</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 14.3</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>Length of special route</source>
        <comment>Name of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
    <message>
        <source>This is used with the special instruction (13.x) to give the distance from the last control to the end of the route (control, map exchange, or finish).</source>
        <comment>Description of symbol 13.0</comment>
        <translation type="unfinished"></translation>
    </message>
</context>
</TS>
